Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011

Commission File Number 0-24248

LOGO

 

 

LRAD CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

DELAWARE    87-0361799

(State or other jurisdiction of

Incorporation or organization)

  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

15378 Avenue of Science, Suite 100,

San Diego, California

   92128
(Address of principal executive offices)    (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (858) 676-1112

 

 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

 

Title of each class

  

Name of exchange on which registered

Common stock, $.00001 par value per share    NASDAQ Capital Market

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨     Accelerated filer   x       Non-accelerated filer   ¨       Smaller reporting company   x  

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant as of March 31, 2011 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was $78,957,734* based upon the closing price of the shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market on that date.

* Excludes the common stock held by executive officers, directors and stockholders whose ownership exceeds 5% of the common stock outstanding at March 31, 2011. This calculation does not reflect a determination that such persons are affiliates for any other purpose.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:

32,374,499 shares of common stock, par value $.00001 per share, as of November 25, 2011.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with the registrant’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed subsequent to the date of this report, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report. The definitive proxy statement will be filed with the Commission not later than 120 days after the conclusion of the registrant’s fiscal year ended September 30, 2011.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
PART I  

ITEM 1.

  

Business

     1   

ITEM 1A.

  

Risk Factors

     8   

ITEM 1B.

  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     17   

ITEM 2.

  

Properties

     17   

ITEM 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

     17   

ITEM 4.

  

[Removed and Reserved]

     17   
PART II   

ITEM 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     18   

ITEM 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

     18   

ITEM 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     19   

ITEM 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     27   

ITEM 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     27   

ITEM 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     27   

ITEM 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

     27   

ITEM 9B.

  

Other Information

     29   
PART III   

ITEM 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     30   

ITEM 11.

  

Executive Compensation

     30   

ITEM 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     30   

ITEM 13.

  

Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence

     30   

ITEM 14.

  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     30   
PART IV   

ITEM 15.

  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

     31   
  

Consolidated Financial Statements

     31   
  

Signatures

     S-1   


Table of Contents

PART I

Forward Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements relating to future events or the future performance of our company. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates” and similar expressions or variations of such words are intended to identify forward-looking statements, but are not the only means of identifying forward-looking statements. Such statements are predictions and actual events or results may differ materially. In evaluating such statements, you should specifically consider various factors identified in this report, including the matters set forth below in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements.

For purposes of this Annual Report, the terms “we”, “us” and “our” refer to LRAD Corporation and its consolidated subsidiary.

 

Item 1. Business.

Overview

LRAD Corporation, which changed its name from American Technology Corporation in March 2010, develops and delivers innovative directed acoustic products that beam, focus and control sound over short and long distances. By placing sound only where needed, we not only enhance many typical speaker applications, but we offer novel sound applications that conventional speakers cannot achieve. We offer a variety of directional sound products which meet a broad range of requirements from communicating with and deterring threats over distances up to 300 meters with our hand-held LRAD 100X to distances greater than 1,500 meters with our LRAD-RX. Since 1996, we have been at the forefront developing new acoustic innovations to project, focus, shape and control sound and we believe we have established a significant competitive advantage in our principal markets. Our Long Range Acoustic Device ® or LRAD ® pioneered a new worldwide market for directional long-range acoustic hailing devices (“AHDs”) capable of communicating with authority and clarity over 1,500 meters.

Spin-off of our HyperSonic Sound Business

In June 2010, we formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Parametric Sound Corporation (“Parametric”), to facilitate the planned spin-off of our Hypersonic Sound (“HSS”) business as a stand-alone company. We contributed $454,006 of inventory and intellectual property to Parametric and all outstanding shares of Parametric were distributed to our stockholders as a pro-rata dividend on September 27, 2010 on the basis of one share of Parametric common stock for every two shares of our common stock to stockholders of record on September 10, 2010. The separation resulted in Parametric operating as an independent entity with its own publicly-traded stock. The results of operations for the former HSS business conducted until the spin-off, as well as some continued activity by us to fulfill certain remaining sales and warranty obligations after the spin-off, are designated as discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements. We do not have any ownership or other form of interest in Parametric subsequent to the separation (see Notes 17 and 18 to our consolidated financial statements). Parametric is traded on the OTCBB quotation and trading system under the ticker symbol “PAMT.OB”.

Technology and Products

Our major technology platforms and related products are:

LRAD ®

Our LRAD represents a technological breakthrough that creates a directed acoustic beam using minimal power to communicate at operational ranges with authority and superior intelligibility even in high ambient noise environments. LRAD hailing, notification and warning systems feature a 15 to 30 degree acoustic beam and a range of over 1,500 meters. LRAD also features a rugged construction that allows the

 

1


Table of Contents

product to meet the stringent environmental requirements of military applications. LRAD can emit powerful voice commands, prerecorded messages in multiple languages or deterrent tones to create a safety zone allowing operators to determine the intent, influence the behavior and gain compliance from approaching vessels, vehicles or personnel. LRAD was developed for the U.S. Navy to fulfill a capability gap identified after the USS Cole attack in 2000 and has been deployed by the U.S. Army, Navy, Marines and Coast Guard, as well as commercial vessels and public safety organizations around the globe since early 2003.

In fiscal 2008, we completed the redesign and redevelopment of our LRAD product and introduced our current generation of products called LRAD-X. Our LRAD-X product line uses directionality and focused acoustic output to clearly transmit critical information, instructions and warnings 1,500 meters and beyond. The LRAD-X product line features improved voice intelligibility and is available in a number of packages and form factors that meet the military’s stringent environmental requirements. Through the use of powerful voice commands and deterrent tones, large safety zones can be created while determining the intent and influencing the behavior of potential security threats. Our LRAD-X product line provides a complete range of systems from single user portable to permanently installed, remotely operated. In fiscal 2011, we added wireless capability to our LRAD 100X product. Our LRAD products have been competitively selected over other commercially available systems by U.S. and several foreign militaries. Our LRAD-X product line includes the following:

 

   

LRAD 1000X —selected by the U.S. Navy as its acoustic hailing device (“AHD”) for Block 0 of the Shipboard Protection System—can be manually operated to provide long distance hailing and warning with highly intelligible communication. This unit is available in both fully-integrated and remotely-operated electronics.

 

   

LRAD 500X —selected by the U.S. Navy and U.S. Army as their AHD for small vessels and vehicles—is lightweight and can be easily transported to provide security personnel long-range communications and a highly effective hailing and warning capability where needed.

 

   

LRAD 300X is a lightweight mid-range AHD developed for small vessels and manned and unmanned vehicles and aircraft. This unit is available in both fully-integrated and remotely-operated electronics.

 

   

LRAD 100X is a self-contained, battery powered, portable system designed for use in a variety of mass notification, law enforcement and commercial security applications. This unit is ideally suited for short-range perimeter security and communications.

 

   

LRAD-RX —selected by the U.S. Navy in 2010 in a competitive bid process as its AHD for Block 2 of the Shipboard Protection System—is our prescription for remotely controlled security. It enables system operators to detect and communicate with an intruder over long distances. LRAD-RX features an LRAD 1000X emitter head, integrated camera, high-intensity searchlight and a newly developed, robust, and internet protocol-addressable full pan and tilt drive system for precise aiming and tracking. LRAD-RX can also be integrated with radar to provide automated intruder alerts. Because of its automated capabilities, LRAD-RX reduces manpower requirements and false alarms while providing an intelligent, cost-effective security solution.

SoundSaber ®

Our SoundSaber thin film magnetic speaker technology, the primary product from our NeoPlanar ® speaker line, provides high clarity throughout the audio range for emergency and mass notification, public address and high-end sound applications. SoundSaber products are based on our proprietary technology incorporating a thin film magnetic speaker that produces sound of high quality, low distortion and high volume. Our SoundSaber line of hardened panels provide improved intelligibility in challenging acoustic environments such as hangar bays, industrial buildings, airports and other facilities and are capable of delivering highly intelligible audio in excess of 500 meters. We offer SoundSaber panels in a variety of sizes for custom installation and packaged for installation in mass notification applications.

 

2


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, we accomplished the following:

 

   

Achieved second consecutive year of profitability; the first two years of profitability in our Company’s history.

 

   

Achieved record revenues for the fourth straight year and achieved positive cash flow from operations for the third consecutive year.

 

   

Delivered a $12.1 million equipment order to a foreign government on schedule by March 31, 2011. A seven year service and maintenance agreement for $5.5 million related to this order will begin in April 2012.

 

   

Continued to enhance our existing product offerings through the introduction of a wireless version of the LRAD 100X which has achieved initial market acceptance. We are expanding this wireless capability across the LRAD-X product line. We also completed the development of the LRAD 2000X, our loudest product to date, to meet the requirements of larger security applications. The LRAD 2000X was released for sale in the first fiscal quarter of 2012.

 

   

Continued to develop our distribution channels by signing new third party sales representatives.

 

   

Continued to manage our balance sheet and control expenses while investing in new product development and markets.

Strategy

We believe we have been instrumental in developing a market and increasing demand for AHDs in a number of business segments and markets. We are building on our leadership position in the field of directed or focused sound for both short-range and long-range communication with high clarity. Our overall strategy is to offer an increasing variety of directed sound and other products for an increasing range of applications. In executing our strategy, we use direct sales to governments, military, larger end-users, system integrators and defense-related companies, and we are building a worldwide distribution channel consisting of partners and resellers that have significant expertise and experience selling integrated communications solutions into our various target markets. Since our primary sales opportunities are with the military and government, we are subject to each customer’s unique budget cycle which leads to extremely long selling cycles and uneven revenue flows further complicating our product planning.

Our major initiative for fiscal 2012 is continued revenue growth by increasing direct sales to domestic and international militaries and large commercial and defense-related companies desiring to use our directed sound technology in their integrated product offerings. Our business development personnel focus primarily on the government, military, law enforcement, homeland and international security, private and commercial security, maritime security and wildlife preservation and control. In 2012, we intend to continue our focus on these markets and expand our product offerings into airports and the clean/alternative energy market where our products have proven successful in preserving wildlife and protecting assets, including wind farms. We continue to focus on expanding and strengthening domestic and international sales channels by adding key channel partners, distributors and dealers. In addition, we increased our internal activities by increasing the number of business development personnel. Our goal is to continue to expand market penetration and develop new markets for our LRAD products.

Our research and development strategy is to continue to develop innovative directed acoustic solutions and to design new products for introduction into our target markets. In 2008, we made significant improvements to the performance and quality of our existing directed sound products and introduced our line of LRAD-X products. The introduction of our redesigned and reengineered product line led to a 186% increase in 2011 LRAD revenues over 2008 revenues. We have ongoing development efforts to further improve our products’ performance, quality and features. We also engage in ongoing value engineering to reduce the cost and simplify the manufacturing of our products.

 

3


Table of Contents

Manufacturing and Suppliers

Manufacturing . We believe maintaining quality manufacturing capacity is essential to the performance of our products and the growth of our business. Our technologies are different from mass produced sound transducer designs, and our manufacturing and assembly involves new processes and materials. We contract with third party suppliers to produce various components and sub-assemblies. At our San Diego, California facility, we complete the final assembly of, and test and ship, our products for both commercial and government systems. We have refined our internal business processes to improve how we design, test and qualify product designs. We continue to implement rigorous manufacturing and quality processes to track production and field failures. We have also implemented third party testing and certification of our products ensuring that they meet military specifications. We have developed custom manufacturing equipment used to automate the production of key sub-assemblies reducing the labor component and permitting higher volume production. We implement design and component changes periodically to reduce our product costs, improve product reliability and improve operating margins.

Suppliers . Our products have a large number of components and sub-assemblies produced by outside suppliers mostly located within 50 miles of our facility to take advantage of flexible turnaround, minimize inventories and to maximize our supply-chain. We purchase a number of key components and subassemblies from foreign suppliers. Consequently, we are subject to the impact economic conditions can have on such suppliers and subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates which could impact our lead times and product cost. We have developed strong relationships with a number of our key suppliers. If these suppliers should experience quality problems or part shortages, then our production schedules could be significantly delayed or our costs significantly increased.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell products and services through our sales force based in California, Colorado, Maine, Rhode Island and Washington. Our corporate and administrative offices are located in San Diego, California.

We sell directly to governments, military, large end-users and defense-related companies. We use independent representatives to assist us in our direct sales efforts on a commission basis. We also use a channel distribution model in which we sell our products directly to a small network of worldwide independent resellers and system integrators who then sell our products (or our products integrated with other systems) to end-user customers. We are focusing our internal business development resources on building relationships with defense integrators and other large, direct customers.

We have established a reputation for providing high quality, innovative sound solutions and have increased our brand recognition for LRAD on an international basis. We actively promote our brands on our products and we intend to continue to increase the use of our trademarks throughout our product distribution chain and believe growing brand awareness will assist in expanding our business.

Customer Concentration

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, revenues from a foreign government’s Ministry of Defense accounted for 46% of revenues and direct revenue from the U.S. Navy accounted for 12% of revenues, with no other single customer accounting for more than 10% of revenues. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, revenues from ADS, Inc. accounted for 41% of revenues, with no other single customer accounting for more than 10% of revenues. ADS, Inc. is a reseller to end users in various branches of the military such as the U.S. Navy, U.S. Marine Corps, U.S. Army, the Department of Homeland Security and international customers.

Our revenues to date have relied on a few major customers. The loss of any customer could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Our goal is to diversify sound technology revenues in future periods.

 

4


Table of Contents

Backlog

Our order backlog for products that are deliverable in the next 12 months was approximately $1,918,000 at September 30, 2011, compared to $13,151,000 at September 30, 2010, which included a $12,125,000 order from a foreign government’s Ministry of Defense. The amount of backlog at any point in time is dependent upon scheduled delivery dates by our customers and product lead times. Our backlog orders are supported by contracts and firm purchase orders.

Warranties

We generally warrant our products to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period up to one year from the date of purchase. The warranty is generally a limited warranty, and in some instances imposes certain shipping costs on the customer. To date, we have been providing direct warranty service, but in the future we may establish warranty service through OEM customers or others. Our international market warranties are generally similar to the warranties we offer in the U.S. market.

As our products become more complex, we are providing service and maintenance agreements and extended warranty contracts at market rates as an additional source of revenue and to provide increased customer satisfaction.

Competition

Our technologies and products compete with those of other companies. The commercial and government audio industry markets are fragmented and competitive and include numerous manufacturers with audio products that vary widely in price, quality and distribution channels. Many of our present and potential future competitors have, or may have, substantially greater resources to devote to product development. We believe we compete primarily on the originality of our products, the uniqueness of our technology and designs, the ability to meet customer needs and, most importantly, the quality and ruggedness of our products which have been developed by incorporating feedback from our customers and our desire to provide the highest quality product to our market.

We believe our LRAD products are the leading acoustic hailing and warning products in the market today for military and commercial applications. The broad category of government audio industry speakers includes competitors such as IML Sound Commander, Ultra Electronics USSI, and others. We do not believe these competitors have achieved significant market penetration in the government or commercial directed hailing markets to date. We believe our LRAD product line has demonstrated acceptance and has performed extremely well in harsh environments and can continue to compete on the basis of technical features, performance, ease of use and cost. As we continue to grow this market, future competitors with greater resources may enter with new technologies and capabilities which could impact our competitiveness.

We believe our SoundSaber technology is novel and has distinct market attributes. Our SoundSaber technology produces high intelligibility and reliability for a range of consumer, commercial and government applications, including mass notification. Some of our competitors of our LRAD products, such as IML Sound Commander and Ultra Electronics USSI, as well as others, offer a mass notification product which competes in our market. We currently hold a fairly small market share in this market. We intend to continue our strategy of obtaining patent protection, where appropriate, for our intellectual property.

Seasonality

Government business tends to be seasonal due to government procurement/budget cycles, with the quarter ending September 30 usually producing relatively higher sales and the quarter ending June 30 usually producing relatively lower sales. We have not experienced any significant seasonality trends to date, but we may experience increased seasonality in the future.

 

5


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

We are subject to a variety of government laws and regulations that apply to companies engaged in international operations, including, among others, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, U.S. Department of Commerce export controls, local government regulations and procurement policies and practices (including regulations relating to import-export control, investments, exchange controls and repatriation of earnings). We maintain controls and procedures to comply with laws and regulations associated with our international operations. If we are unable to remain compliant with such laws and regulations, our business may be adversely affected.

Our products are being produced to comply with standard product safety requirements for sale in the United States and similar requirements for sale in Europe and Canada. We expect to meet the electrical and other regulatory requirements for electronic systems or components we sell throughout the world.

Financial Information about Segments and Geographic Areas

Financial information regarding our segments and the geographic areas where we operate is contained in Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements.

Intellectual Property Rights and Proprietary Information

We operate in an industry where innovations, investment in new ideas and protection of resulting intellectual property rights are important to success. We rely on a variety of intellectual property protections for our products and technologies, including patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and contractual obligations, and we pursue a policy of vigorously enforcing such rights.

In addition to such factors as innovation, technological expertise and experienced personnel, we believe that a strong product offering that is continually upgraded and enhanced will keep us competitive, and we will seek patent protection on important technological improvements that we make. We have an ongoing policy of filing patent applications to seek protection for novel features of our products and technologies. Prior to the filing and granting of patents, our policy is to disclose key features to patent counsel and maintain these features as trade secrets prior to product introduction. Patent applications may not result in issued patents covering all important claims and could be denied in their entirety. We also file for trade name and trademark protection when appropriate. We are the owner of federally registered trademarks including LRAD ® , LONG RANGE ACOUSTIC DEVICE ® , LRAD-X ® , LRAD-RX ® , PMT ® and SOUNDSABER ® .

Our policy is to enter into nondisclosure agreements with each employee and consultant or third party to whom any of our proprietary information is disclosed. These agreements prohibit the disclosure of confidential information to others, both during and subsequent to employment or the duration of the working relationship. These agreements may not prevent disclosure of confidential information or provide adequate remedies for any breach.

Research and Development

The sound reproduction market is subject to rapid changes in technology and designs with frequent improvements and new product introductions. We believe our future success will depend on our ability to enhance and improve existing technologies and to introduce new technologies and products on a competitive basis that meet the needs of our customers. Accordingly, we have in the past, and we expect in the future, to engage in significant research and development activities.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, we spent approximately $2.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively, on company-sponsored research and development. Future levels of research and development expenditures will vary depending on the timing of further new product development and the availability of funds to carry on additional research and development on currently owned technologies or in other areas.

 

6


Table of Contents

Executive Officers

The current executive officers of LRAD Corporation and their ages and business experience are set forth below.

Thomas R. Brown, age 61, has been a director since March 2006 and was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer in August 2006 and Interim Chief Financial Officer in September 2006. Mr. Brown served as President of BrownThompson Executive Search, a financial executive search firm, from April 2005 to August 2006. Mr. Brown was employed by Sony Electronics, Inc. from February 1988 to September 2004. From April 2001 to September 2004, Mr. Brown was Executive Vice President and Deputy President of the Engineering and Manufacturing division of Sony Electronics, Inc., where he was responsible for supply chain operations including Information Technology, Procurement, Customer Service, North American Manufacturing Operations and Finance. From April 2000 to September 2004, Mr. Brown was concurrently the Executive Vice President and President of Information Technology Division for Sony Electronics, where he was responsible for establishing the North American personal computer manufacturing division. Mr. Brown is a member of the board of directors of Mad Catz Interactive, Inc. (AMEX/TSX: MCZ), a provider of video game accessories. Mr. Brown holds a B.A. in Economics from Rutgers University.

Katherine H. McDermott, age 51, was appointed as Controller/Chief Accounting Officer in June 2007 and was promoted to Chief Financial Officer in September 2007. Ms. McDermott served as the Chief Financial Officer for National Pen Company from 2005 to 2006 and the vice president of finance for Lantronix, Inc., a publicly traded technology company, from 2000 to 2005. Ms. McDermott held a variety of senior financial positions with Bausch & Lomb from 1988 to 1999 and began her career holding a number of financial positions with a component division of General Motors from 1982 to 1988. Ms. McDermott holds a B.A. in Business Administration from St. Bonaventure University and an MBA from the William E. Simon School of Business Administration at the University of Rochester.

Executive officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

Employees

At September 30, 2011, we employed a total of 39 people. Of such employees, 10 were in research and development, 15 were in production, quality assurance and materials control, 8 were in general and administrative and 6 were in sales and marketing. We also contract technical and production personnel from time to time on an as needed basis and use outside consultants for various services. We have not experienced any work stoppages and are not a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and we consider our relations with our employees to be favorable.

Available Information

Our shares of common stock trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “LRAD.” Our address is 15378 Avenue of Science, Suite 100, San Diego, California, 92128, our telephone number is 858-676-1112, and our internet website is located at www.lradx.com. We make available, free of charge through our website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, reports filed by our directors, executive officers and certain significant shareholders pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practical after the reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report nor is it part of this report.

 

7


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors.

An investment in our company involves a high degree of risk. In addition to the other information included in this report, you should carefully consider the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our company. You should consider these matters in conjunction with the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report. Our results of operations or financial condition could be seriously harmed, and the trading price of our common stock may decline due to any of these or other risks.

We have had a history of net losses and we may not be able to sustain profitability.

We have had a history of operating losses, primarily attributable to the design, development and launch of the HSS product which was spun-off to Parametric Sound Corporation on September 27, 2010. In fiscal 2010, we achieved profitability for the first time in our history and while we were able to maintain profitability in fiscal 2011, our ability to maintain future profitability is dependent on a variety of factors, many outside our control. At September 30, 2011, we had an accumulated deficit of $65,398,586. We need to continue to generate sufficient revenue to be profitable in future periods. Failure to sustain profitability may require us to raise additional funding which could have a material negative impact on the market value of our common stock.

We may need additional capital for growth.

We may need additional capital to support our growth. While we expect to generate these funds from operations, we may not be able to do so. Principal factors that could affect the availability of our internally generated funds include:

 

   

failure of sales from government, military and commercial markets to meet planned projections;

 

   

government spending levels impacting the sale of our products;

 

   

working capital requirements to support business growth;

 

   

our ability to control spending;

 

   

introduction of new competing technologies;

 

   

product mix and effect on margins; and

 

   

acceptance of our existing and future products in existing and new markets.

Should we require additional funds, general market conditions or the then-current market price of our common stock may not support capital raising transactions and any such financing may require advance approval of our stockholders under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Our ability to obtain financing may be further constrained by the current economic conditions. The recent credit crisis and other related trends affecting the capital markets have caused significant reductions in capital availability. Many lenders and institutional investors have ceased funding even the most credit-worthy entities. In addition, we may be required to reduce costs, including the scaling back of research and development into new products, which could have a negative impact on our ability to compete and to innovate. If we raise additional funds by selling additional shares of our capital stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock (assuming we are able to obtain additional financing), the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, which could have a material negative impact on the market value of our common stock.

Two customers accounted for 46% and 12% of our total revenues, respectively, for fiscal year 2011. We expect to continue to be dependent on a limited number of customers.

Two customers accounted for 46% and 12% of total revenues, respectively, for fiscal year 2011, and one customer accounted for 41% of total revenues for fiscal year 2010. Historically, our revenues have been dependent upon a limited number of customers. We do not have long term agreements with these or other significant customers, and our customers have the right to cease doing business with us at any time. No assurance

 

8


Table of Contents

can be given that these or other customers will continue to do business with us or that they will maintain their historical levels of business. If our relationship with any material customer were to cease, then our revenues would decline and negatively impact our results of operations. Any such decline could result in us increasing our accumulated deficit and a need to raise additional capital to fund our operations. If our expectations regarding future sales are inaccurate, we may be unable to reduce costs in a timely manner to adjust for sales shortfalls.

Disruption and fluctuations in financial and currency markets could have a negative effect on our business.

Financial markets in the United States, Europe and Asia have been experiencing extreme disruption in recent years, including, among other things, extreme volatility in security prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, rating downgrades of certain investments and declining valuations of others. Governments have taken unprecedented actions intended to address extreme market conditions that include severely restricted credit and declines in real estate values. While currently these conditions have not impaired our ability to operate our business, there can be no assurance that there will not be a further deterioration in financial markets and confidence in major economies, which can then lead to challenges in the operation of our business. These economic developments affect businesses such as ours, in a number of ways. The tightening of credit in financial markets adversely affects the ability of commercial customers to finance purchases and operations and could result in a decrease in orders and spending for our products as well as create supplier disruptions. Economic developments could also reduce future government spending on our products. We are unable to predict the likely duration and severity of the current disruption in financial markets and adverse economic conditions, and the effects they will have on our business and financial condition.

We purchase a number of key components and subassemblies from foreign suppliers. Consequently, we are subject to the impact economic conditions can have on such suppliers and subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Increases in our cost of purchasing these items could negatively impact our financial results if we are not able to pass these increased costs on to our customers.

We have current government contracts and our future growth is dependent, in large part, on continued sales to U.S. and international governments and businesses who sell to governments.

In fiscal 2011, direct and indirect sales to the U.S. government accounted for approximately 23% of our total net sales, compared to 54% of our total net sales in fiscal 2010. In addition, sales to international governments have increased in recent years, including a $17.6 million product and multi-year maintenance order, of which $12.1 million in product was delivered in March 2011. Changes in defense spending could have an adverse effect on our current and future revenues. Sales of our products to U.S. government agencies and organizations is subject to the overall U.S. government budget and congressional appropriation decisions and processes which are driven by numerous factors, including geo-political events and macroeconomic conditions, and are beyond our control. Recently mandated cuts in U.S. Department of Defense budgets and potential future changes in political leadership could affect future U.S. Department of Defense military initiatives and homeland security spending. Similar issues apply to sales to international governments. We can’t be assured that the military’s interest in communication devices to minimize unnecessary force will continue or will provide future growth opportunities for our business.

We must expand our customer base in order to grow our business.

To grow our business, we must fulfill orders from our existing customers, obtain additional orders from our existing customers, develop relationships with new customers and obtain and fulfill orders from new customers. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to increase our customer base. Further, even if we do obtain new customers, we cannot guarantee that those customers will purchase from us enough quantities of our product or at product prices that will enable us to recover our costs in acquiring those customers and fulfilling those orders. Whether we will be able to sell more of our products will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

our ability to manufacture reliable products that have the features that are required by our customers;

 

   

the global economy;

 

9


Table of Contents
   

our ability to expand relationships with existing customers and to develop relationships with new customers that will lead to additional orders for our products;

 

   

our ability to develop and expand new markets for directed sound products; and

 

   

our ability to develop international product distribution directly or through strategic partners.

The growth of our LRAD product revenues is dependent on continued acceptance of our products by government, military and developing force protection and emergency response agencies. If these agencies do not purchase our LRAD products, our revenues will be adversely affected.

Although our LRAD products are designed for use by both government and commercial customers, the products have, to date, been predominantly sold for government use. While our total government sales have been increasing, our products have not yet been widely accepted in the large government and military market that includes many prospective customers. Furthermore, the force protection and emergency response market is itself an emerging market that is changing rapidly. If our LRAD products are not widely accepted by the government, military and the developing force protection and emergency response markets, we may not be able to identify other markets, and we may fail to achieve our sales projections.

Perceptions that long range hailing devices are unsafe or may be used in an abusive manner may hurt sales of our LRAD products which could cause our revenues to decline.

Potential customers for our LRAD products, including government, military and force protection and emergency response agencies, may be influenced by claims or perceptions that long range hailing devices are unsafe or may be used in an abusive manner. These claims or perceptions, while unsubstantiated, could reduce our product sales.

A significant portion of our revenue is derived from our core product category.

We are dependent on our core product category to generate our revenues. No assurance can be given that these or other products will continue to have market acceptance or that they will maintain their historical levels of sales. The loss or reduction of sales of this product could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

We may incur significant and unpredictable warranty costs.

Our products are substantially different from proven, mass produced sound transducer designs and are often employed in harsh environments. We may incur substantial and unpredictable warranty costs from post-production product or component failures. We generally warrant our products to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period up to one year from the date of purchase. At September 30, 2011, we had a warranty reserve of $272,261. While our warranty experience with our LRAD product line has been very favorable, as we build more complexity into the product, and as we expand our supplier base, issues could arise that could affect future warranty costs which could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and business prospects.

We could incur additional charges for excess and obsolete inventory.

While we strive to effectively manage our inventory, due to rapidly changing technology, and uneven customer demand, product cycles tend to be short and the value of our inventory may be adversely affected by changes in technology that affect our ability to sell the products in our inventory. If we do not effectively forecast and manage our inventory, we may need to write off inventory as excess or obsolete, which in turn can adversely affect cost of sales and gross profit.

 

10


Table of Contents

We have previously experienced, and may in the future experience, reductions in sales of older generation products as customers delay or defer purchases in anticipation of new product introductions. We currently have established reserves for slow moving or obsolete inventory of $307,096. The reserves we have established for potential losses due to obsolete inventory may, however, prove to be inadequate and may give rise to additional charges for obsolete or excess inventory.

We do not have the ability to accurately predict future operating results. Our quarterly and annual revenues are likely to fluctuate significantly due to many factors, any of which could result in our failure to achieve our revenue expectations.

We expect our proprietary directed acoustic products and technologies will be the source of substantially all of our revenues for at least the near future. Revenues from these products and technologies are expected to vary significantly due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Any one or more of the factors listed below or other factors could cause us to fail to achieve our revenue expectations. These factors include:

 

   

our ability to develop and supply sound reproduction components to customers, distributors or original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) or to license our technologies;

 

   

market acceptance of and changes in demand for our products or products of our customers;

 

   

gains or losses of significant customers, distributors or strategic relationships;

 

   

unpredictable volume and timing of customer orders;

 

   

delays in funding approval by U.S. and foreign government and military customers;

 

   

the availability, pricing and timeliness of delivery of components for our products and OEM products;

 

   

fluctuations in the availability of manufacturing capacity or manufacturing yields and related manufacturing costs;

 

   

the timing of new technological advances, product announcements or introductions by us, by OEMs or licensees and by our competitors;

 

   

production delays by customers, distributors, OEMs, or by us or our suppliers;

 

   

increased competition in this market:

 

   

the conditions of other industries, such as military and commercial industries, into which our technologies may be sold;

 

   

general electronics industry conditions, including changes in demand and associated effects on inventory and inventory practices;

 

   

general economic conditions that could affect the timing of customer orders and capital spending and result in order cancellations or rescheduling; and

 

   

general political conditions in this country and in various other parts of the world that could affect spending for the products that we offer.

Some or all of these factors could adversely affect demand for our products or technologies, and therefore adversely affect our future operating results.

Most of our operating expenses are relatively fixed in the short term. We may be unable to rapidly adjust spending to compensate for any unexpected sales shortfalls, which could harm our quarterly operating results. We do not have the ability to predict future operating results with any certainty.

 

11


Table of Contents

Many potential competitors who have greater resources and experience than we do may develop products and technologies that make ours obsolete.

Technological competition from other and longer established electronic and loudspeaker manufacturers are expected to increase. Most of the companies with which we expect to compete have substantially greater capital resources, research and development staffs, marketing and distribution programs and facilities, and many of them have substantially greater experience in the production and marketing of products. In addition, one or more of our competitors may have developed or may succeed in developing technologies and products that are more effective than any of ours, rendering our technology and products obsolete or noncompetitive.

Our competitive position will be seriously damaged if we cannot protect intellectual property rights in our technology.

We rely on a combination of contracts and trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our technology. However, we may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property, and our competitors may be able to independently develop competing technologies, or the agreements we enter into may not be enforceable.

Our success, in part, depends on our ability to obtain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology. A competitor may independently develop or patent technologies that are substantially equivalent to, or superior to, our technology. If this happens, our competitive position could be significantly harmed.

As we expand our product line or develop new uses for our products, these products or uses may be outside the protection provided by our current patent applications and other intellectual property rights. In addition, if we develop new products or enhancements to existing products we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain patents to protect them. Even if we do receive patents for our existing or new products, these patents may not provide meaningful protection. In some countries outside of the United States where our products can be sold or licensed, patent protection is not available. Moreover, some countries that do allow registration of patents do not provide meaningful redress for violations of patents. As a result, protecting intellectual property in these countries is difficult and our competitors may successfully sell products in those countries that have functions and features that infringe on our intellectual property.

We may initiate claims or litigation against third parties in the future for infringement of our proprietary rights or to determine the scope and validity of our proprietary rights or the proprietary rights of our competitors. These claims could result in costly litigation and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. As a result, our operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

We may face personal injury and other liability claims that harm our reputation and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

While the product has been engineered to reduce the risk of damage to human hearing or human health, we could be exposed to claims of hearing damage if the product is not properly operated. A person injured in connection with the use of our products may bring legal action against us to recover damages on the basis of theories including personal injury, negligent design, dangerous product or inadequate warning. We may also be subject to lawsuits involving allegations of misuse of our products. Our product liability insurance coverage may be insufficient to pay all such claims. Product liability insurance may also become too costly for us or may become unavailable for us in the future. We may not have sufficient resources to satisfy any product liability claims not covered by insurance which would materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. Significant litigation could also result in negative publicity and a diversion of management’s attention and resources.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our international operations could be harmed by factors including political instability, natural disasters, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, and changes in regulations that govern international transactions.

We sell our products worldwide. The risks inherent in international trade may reduce our international sales and harm our business and the businesses of our customers and our suppliers. These risks include:

 

   

changes in tariff regulations;

 

   

political instability, war, terrorism and other political risks;

 

   

foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

establishing and maintaining relationships with local distributors and dealers;

 

   

lengthy shipping times and accounts receivable payment cycles;

 

   

import and export control and licensing requirements;

 

   

compliance with a variety of U.S. laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, by us or key subcontractors;

 

   

compliance with a variety of foreign laws and regulations, including unexpected changes in taxation and regulatory requirements;

 

   

greater difficulty in safeguarding intellectual property than in the U.S.; and

 

   

difficulty in staffing and managing geographically diverse operations.

These and other risks may preclude or curtail international sales or increase the relative price of our products compared to those manufactured in other countries, reducing the demand for our products. Failure to comply with U.S. and foreign governmental laws and regulations applicable to international business, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or U.S. export control regulations, could have an adverse impact on our business with the U.S. and foreign governments.

Current environmental laws, or laws enacted in the future, may harm our business.

Our operations are subject to environmental regulation in areas in which we conduct business. Our product design and procurement operations must comply with new and future requirements relating to the materials composition of our products, including restrictions on lead, cadmium and other substances. We do not expect that the impact of these environmental laws and other similar legislation adopted in the U.S. and other countries will have a substantial unfavorable impact on our business. However, the costs and timing of costs under environmental laws are difficult to predict.

Errors or defects contained in our products, failure to comply with applicable safety standards or a product recall could result in delayed shipments or rejection of our products, damage to our reputation and expose us to regulatory or other legal action.

Any defects or errors in the operation of our products may result in delays in their introduction. In addition, errors or defects may be uncovered after commercial shipments have begun, which could result in the rejection of our products by our customers, damage to our reputation, lost sales, diverted development resources and increased customer service and support costs and warranty claims, any of which could harm our business. Third parties could sustain injuries from our products, and we may be subject to claims or lawsuits resulting from such injuries. There is a risk that these claims or liabilities may exceed, or fall outside the scope of, our insurance coverage. We may also be unable to obtain adequate liability insurance in the future. Because we are a small company, a product recall would be particularly harmful to us because we have limited financial and administrative resources to effectively manage a product recall and it would detract management’s attention from implementing our core business strategies. A significant product defect or product recall could materially and adversely affect our brand image, causing a decline in our sales, and could reduce or deplete our financial resources.

 

13


Table of Contents

We rely on outside manufacturers and suppliers to provide a large number of components and sub-assemblies incorporated in our products.

Our products have a large number of components and sub-assemblies produced by outside suppliers. In addition, for certain of these items, we qualify only a single source, which can magnify the risk of shortages and decrease our ability to negotiate with our suppliers on the basis of price. If shortages occur, or if we experience quality problems with suppliers, then our production schedules could be significantly delayed or costs significantly increased, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, results of operation and financial position.

Although we assemble our products internally, we have some sub-assemblies and components produced by third party manufacturers. We may be required to outsource manufacturing if sales of our products increase significantly. We may be unable to obtain acceptable manufacturing sources on a timely basis. In addition, from time to time we may change manufacturers and any new manufacturer engaged by us may not perform as expected. An extended interruption in the supply of our products could result in a substantial loss of sales. Furthermore, any actual or perceived degradation of product quality as a result of our reliance on third party manufacturers may have an adverse effect on sales or result in increased warranty costs, product returns and buybacks. Failure to maintain quality manufacturing could reduce future revenues, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.

We derive revenue from government contracts and subcontracts, which are often non-standard, may involve competitive bidding, may be subject to cancellation with or without penalty and may produce volatility in earnings and revenue.

Our sales to government customers have involved and are expected in the future to involve providing products and services under contracts or subcontracts with U.S. federal, state, local and foreign government agencies. Obtaining contracts and subcontracts from government agencies is challenging, and contracts often include provisions that are not standard in private commercial transactions. For example, government contracts may:

 

   

include provisions that allow the government agency to terminate the contract without penalty under some circumstances;

 

   

be subject to purchasing decisions of agencies that are subject to political influence;

 

   

contain onerous procurement procedures; and

 

   

be subject to cancellation if government funding becomes unavailable.

Securing government contracts can be a protracted process involving competitive bidding. In many cases, unsuccessful bidders may challenge contract awards, which can lead to increased costs, delays and possible loss of the contract for the winning bidder.

Our success is dependent on the performance of our executive team, and the cooperation, performance and retention of our executive officers and key employees.

Our business and operations are substantially dependent on the performance of our current executive team including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. We do not maintain “key person” life insurance on any of our executive officers. The loss of one or several key employees could seriously harm our business.

We are also dependent on our ability to retain and motivate high quality personnel, especially sales and marketing executives and skilled technical personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we may not be able to attract, assimilate or retain other highly qualified managerial, sales and technical personnel in the future. The inability to attract and retain the necessary managerial, sales and technical personnel could cause our business, operating results or financial condition to suffer.

 

14


Table of Contents

We may not address successfully the problems encountered in connection with any potential future acquisitions.

We expect to continue to consider opportunities to acquire or make investments in other technologies, products and businesses that could enhance our capabilities, complement our current products or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. We have little experience in acquiring other businesses and technologies. Potential and completed acquisitions and strategic investments involve numerous risks and if we fail to properly evaluate and execute acquisitions and strategic investments, our management team may be distracted from our day-to-day operations, our business may be disrupted and our operating results may suffer. In addition, if we finance acquisitions by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, our stock value could be diluted.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all acts of fraud.

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Our management expects that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, they cannot provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been prevented or detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by an unauthorized override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and we cannot assure that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in a cost effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Failure to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting could harm stockholder and business confidence in our financial reporting, our ability to obtain financing and other aspects of our business.

Maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC require us to include in our Form 10-K a report by management and an opinion from our independent registered public accounting firm regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. While our management and our independent registered public accounting firm concluded that out internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2011, it is possible that material weaknesses will be identified in the future. In addition, components of our internal control over financial reporting may require improvement from time to time. If management is unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective in any future period, or if the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of those internal controls, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have an adverse effect on its stock price.

Evolving regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses and continuing uncertainty.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd Frank Act”), XBRL interactive SEC filings, new SEC regulations and NASDAQ Stock Market rules are creating uncertainty for public companies and often, increased costs to comply. We continually evaluate and monitor

 

15


Table of Contents

developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure. If our efforts to comply with new or changed laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and we may be harmed.

Our common stock could be delisted from the Nasdaq Stock Market.

Nasdaq’s continued listing standards for our common stock require, among other things, that (i) we maintain a closing bid price for our common stock of at least $1.00, and (ii) we maintain: (A) stockholders’ equity of $2.5 million; (B) market value of listed securities of $35 million; or (C) net income from continuing operations of $500,000 in the most recently completed fiscal year or in two of the last three most recently completed fiscal years. In October 2008, we were notified by Nasdaq that we failed to meet the listing standards by failing to maintain a bid price of $1.00, but we received notice from Nasdaq on April 22, 2009 that we became compliant by meeting the bid price requirement. Or stock briefly dropped below $1.00 late in our 2010 fiscal year. Future failures to satisfy any continued listing requirements could lead to the receipt of a deficiency notice from Nasdaq and ultimately to a delisting from trading of our common stock. If our common stock were delisted from Nasdaq, among other things, this could result in a number of negative implications, including reduced liquidity in our common stock as a result of the loss of market efficiencies associated with Nasdaq and the loss of federal preemption of state securities laws as well as the potential loss of confidence by suppliers, customers and employees, the loss of analyst coverage and institutional investor interest, fewer business development opportunities, greater difficulty in obtaining financing and breaches of certain contractual obligations.

Sales of common stock issuable on the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, may depress the price of our common stock.

As of September 30, 2011, we had outstanding options granted to our employees, directors and consultants to purchase 4,181,339 shares of our common stock, and had outstanding warrants issued to investors to purchase 1,627,945 shares of our common stock. At September 30, 2011, the exercise prices for the options and common stock warrants ranged from $0.46 to $4.81 per share. The issuance of shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants could cause substantial dilution to holders of common stock, and the sale of those shares in the market could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. The potential dilution from these shares could negatively affect the terms on which we could obtain equity financing.

We may issue preferred stock in the future, and the terms of the preferred stock may reduce the value of your common stock.

We are authorized to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may determine the terms of future preferred stock offerings without further action by our stockholders. If we issue additional preferred stock, it could affect the rights or reduce the value of our common stock. In particular, specific rights granted to future holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with or sell our assets to a third party. These terms may include voting rights, preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion and redemption rights, and sinking fund provisions.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our stock price is volatile and may continue to be volatile in the future.

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly to date. In the future, the market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations due to general market conditions and in response to quarter-to-quarter variations in:

 

   

our anticipated or actual operating results;

 

   

developments concerning our sound reproduction technologies;

 

   

technological innovations or setbacks by us or our competitors;

 

   

announcements of merger or acquisition transactions;

 

   

changes in personnel within our company; and

 

   

other events or factors and general economic and market conditions.

The stock market in recent years has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market price of many technology companies, and that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies.

 

Item  1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

 

Item  2. Properties.

Our executive offices, sales, research and development and production facility are located at 15378 Avenue of Science, Suite 100, San Diego, California. We presently occupy, pursuant to a sublease that was amended in August 2010, approximately 23,698 square feet, and our monthly rent payments are approximately $17,774, plus other certain costs and charges as specified in the original sublease, including the Company’s proportionate share of the building operating expenses and real estate taxes. The sublease terminates May 31, 2012.

On November 29, 2011, we entered into a new lease for 31,360 square feet to replace the current San Diego facility. The lease will commence June 1, 2012 and expire May 31, 2018. The aggregate monthly payments, with abatements, will average $16,306 per month in the first year, plus other certain costs and charges as specified in the lease agreement, including the Company’s proportionate share of the building operating expenses and real estate taxes. The aggregate monthly payment will be $25,088, $26,656, $28,224, $29,792 and $31,360 for the second through sixth years of the lease, plus other costs and charges as noted above.

 

Item  3. Legal Proceedings.

We are not a party to any material pending legal proceedings as of the date of this report. However, we may at times be involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business. We will also, from time to time, when appropriate in management’s estimation, record adequate reserves in our financial statements for pending litigation. Litigation is expensive and is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in any such matters could adversely impact our operating results or financial condition. Additionally, any litigation to which we may become subject could also require significant involvement of our senior management and may divert management’s attention from our business and operations.

 

Item  4. [Removed and Reserved].

 

17


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our common stock is traded and quoted on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “LRAD.” Prior to our name change on March 24, 2010, the trading symbol for our common stock was “ATCO.” The market for our common stock has often been sporadic and limited.

The following table sets forth the high and low reported sales prices for our common stock for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010 and 2011:

 

     Sales Prices  
     High      Low  

Fiscal Year Ending September 30, 2010

     

First Quarter

   $ 2.00       $ 1.33   

Second Quarter

   $ 1.85       $ 1.32   

Third Quarter

   $ 1.73       $ 1.16   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 1.57       $ 0.84   

Fiscal Year Ending September 30, 2011

     

First Quarter

   $ 2.81       $ 1.36   

Second Quarter

   $ 2.79       $ 2.01   

Third Quarter

   $ 2.95       $ 2.19   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 3.24       $ 1.66   

The above quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail markup, markdown or commission and may not represent actual transactions.

Holders

We had 32,374,499 shares issued and outstanding by 1,002 holders of record of our common stock at November 25, 2011.

Dividends

We have never paid a cash dividend on our common stock or preferred stock and do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

No securities were sold within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act and not previously reported.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Information requested by this Item is not included as we are electing scaled disclosure requirements available to Smaller Reporting Companies.

 

18


Table of Contents
Item  7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The discussion and analysis set forth below should be read in conjunction with the information presented in other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including “Item 1. Business,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” This discussion contains forward-looking statements which are based on our current expectations and industry experience, as well as our perception of historical trends, current market conditions, current economic data, expected future developments and other factors that we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. These statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested in the forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a pioneer of highly intelligible, high clarity directed sound technologies and products. We aggressively seek to create and expand markets for our products, and we are increasing our focus on and investment in worldwide sales and marketing activities while we continue to innovate.

In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, we generated record revenues of $26,506,821 compared to $16,694,075 in the year ended September 30, 2010. We had the second consecutive profitable year in our Company’s history, with net income increasing by 68% from $2,983,613 in the year ended September 30, 2010 compared to $5,022,902 in the year ended September 30, 2011. These strong results were largely driven by a contract with a foreign government, which contributed $12,125,000 of the revenue in fiscal 2011. Direct and indirect revenues from the U.S. Military declined by 40% in fiscal 2011 due to ongoing federal budget uncertainty. We increased our cash balance by $8,449,595 during fiscal 2011 through positive cash flow from operating activities and the exercise of warrants. Future cash flows from operating activities are expected to fluctuate based on working capital requirements, operating expense levels and other factors. We believe we have adequate financial resources to fund operations for the next twelve months.

In fiscal 2008, we completed the development and introduced a new generation of LRAD products called the LRAD-X. Our LRAD-X product line uses directionality and focused acoustic output to clearly transmit critical information, instructions and warnings 1,500 meters and beyond. The LRAD-X product line features improved voice intelligibility and is available in a number of packages that meet the military’s stringent environmental requirements in a number of packages and form factors. Through the use of powerful voice commands and deterrent tones, large safety zones can be created while determining the intent and influencing the behavior of an intruder. Our LRAD-X product line provides a complete range of systems from single man portable to permanently installed, remotely operated. Our LRAD products have been competitively selected over other commercially available systems by the U.S. and certain foreign military. Our new product line includes the following:

 

   

LRAD 1000X—selected by the U.S. Navy as its AHD for Block 0 of the Shipboard Protection System—can be manually operated to provide long distance hailing and warning with highly intelligible communication. This unit is available in both fully-integrated and remotely-operated electronics.

 

   

LRAD 500X—selected by the U.S. Navy and U.S. Army as their AHD for small vessels and vehicles—is lightweight and can be easily transported to provide security personnel long-range communications and a highly effective hailing and warning capability where needed.

 

   

LRAD 300X is a lightweight mid-range AHD developed for small vessels and manned and unmanned vehicles and aircraft. This unit is available in both fully-integrated and remotely-operated electronics.

 

   

LRAD 100X is a self-contained, battery powered, portable system designed for use in a variety of mass notification, law enforcement and commercial security applications. This unit is ideally suited for short-range perimeter security and communications.

 

   

LRAD-RX—selected by the U.S. Navy in 2010 in a competitive bid process for Block 2 of the Shipboard Protection System—is our prescription for remotely controlled security. It enables system

 

19


Table of Contents
 

operators to detect and communicate with an intruder over long distances. LRAD-RX features an LRAD 1000X emitter head, integrated camera, high-intensity searchlight and a newly developed, robust, and internet protocol-addressable full pan and tilt drive system for precise aiming and tracking. LRAD-RX can also be integrated with radar to provide automated intruder alerts. Because of its automated capabilities, LRAD-RX reduces manpower and false alarms while providing an intelligent, cost-effective security solution.

We incurred $2,483,938 of research and development expense during fiscal 2011, which was an increase of 20% over $2,062,158 incurred in fiscal 2010. During 2011, we developed a wireless version of the LRAD 100X and are expanding this wireless capability across the product line. We also completed the development of the LRAD 2000X, our loudest product to date, to meet the requirements of larger security applications. The LRAD 2000X was released for sale in the first fiscal quarter of 2012. In addition, we focused on product cost reductions, feature enhancements and customized applications of existing products, and increased our product certifications. We believe these products provide increased opportunities in government and commercial markets and allow us to continue as the leader in this market. We intend to continue to innovate during fiscal 2012 with consistent levels of research and development expenditures.

Business Outlook

We are experiencing positive response and increased acceptance of our products. We believe we have a solid technology and product foundation with our LRAD-X product line, and we have expanded our product line to service new markets for business growth. We have strong market opportunities within the worldwide government and military sector, as well as increased commercial applications as a result of continued global threats to governments, commerce and law enforcement and in wildlife preservation and control applications. Our selling network has expanded to include a number of key integrators and sales representatives within the United States and in a number of worldwide locations. However, we may face challenges in fiscal 2012 from extreme international economic and geopolitical conditions. A further and continued deterioration in financial markets and confidence in major economies could disrupt the operation of our business. We anticipate continued uncertainty with U.S. Military spending due to ongoing budget delays and expected spending reductions. In addition, we had a single large order for $12.1 million in fiscal 2011 that will be a challenge to replace with similar orders in fiscal 2012.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have identified the policies below as critical to our business operations and to understanding our results of operations. Our accounting policies are more fully described in our financial statements and related notes located in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations are discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and throughout Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations when such policies affect our reported and expected financial results.

The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our accounting policies, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, have a significant impact on the results we report in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates affect the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Revenue Recognition. The Company derives its revenue primarily from two sources: (i) product revenues, and (ii) contract, license fee, other services, and freight. Product revenues from customers, including resellers and system integrators, are recognized in the periods that products are shipped (FOB shipping point) or received by customers (FOB destination), when the fee is fixed or determinable, when collection of resulting receivables is probable, and there are no remaining obligations for the Company. Most revenues to resellers and system

 

20


Table of Contents

integrators are based on firm commitments from the end user; as a result, resellers and system integrators carry little or no inventory. Revenues from associated engineering and installation contracts are recognized based on milestones or completion of the contracted services. The Company’s customers do not have the right to return product unless the product is found to be defective.

In limited circumstances, product revenues may be recognized prior to shipment when, based on the Company’s evaluation, criteria for recognizing revenue under bill and hold arrangements have been met. During the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not recognize any bill and hold revenue. The Company licenses its technology to third parties. Revenues from up-front license fees are evaluated for multiple elements, but are generally recognized ratably over the specified term of the particular license or agreement. Revenues from ongoing per unit license fees are earned based on units shipped and are recognized in the period when the ultimate customer accepts the product, and collection is reasonably assured.

Share-Based Compensation . We account for share-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”) using the modified prospective method which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values. ASC 718 requires the use of subjective assumptions, including expected stock price volatility and the estimated term of each award. We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. This model also utilizes the fair value of our common stock and requires that, at the date of grant, we use the expected term of the share-based award, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock over the expected term, the risk free interest rate and the expected dividend yield of our common stock to determine the estimated fair value. We determine the amount of share-based compensation expense based on awards that we ultimately expect to vest, reduced for estimated forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Allowance for doubtful accounts . Our products are sold to customers in many different markets and geographic locations. We estimate our bad debt reserve on a case-by-case basis due to a limited number of customers. We base these estimates on many factors including customer credit worthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic industry trends and changes in customer payment terms. Our judgments and estimates regarding collectability of accounts receivable have an impact on our financial statements.

Valuation of Inventory. Our inventory is comprised of raw materials, assemblies and finished products. We must periodically make judgments and estimates regarding the future utility and carrying value of our inventory. The carrying value of our inventory is periodically reviewed and impairments, if any, are recognized when the expected future benefit from our inventory is less than its carrying value.

Valuation of Intangible Assets.  Intangible assets consist of patents and trademarks that are amortized over their estimated useful lives. We must make judgments and estimates regarding the future utility and carrying value of intangible assets. The carrying values of such assets are periodically reviewed and impairments, if any, are recognized when the expected future benefit to be derived from an individual intangible asset is less than its carrying value. This generally occurs when certain assets are no longer consistent with our business strategy and whose expected future value has decreased.

Accrued Expenses. We establish a warranty reserve based on anticipated warranty claims at the time product revenue is recognized. This reserve requires us to make estimates regarding the amount and costs of warranty repairs we expect to make over a period of time. Factors affecting warranty reserve levels include the number of units sold, anticipated cost of warranty repairs, and anticipated rates of warranty claims. Warranty expense is recorded in cost of revenues. We evaluate the adequacy of this reserve each reporting period.

 

21


Table of Contents

We use the recognition criteria of ASC 450-20, “Loss Contingencies” to estimate the amount of bonuses when it becomes probable a bonus liability will be incurred and we recognize expense ratably over the service period. We accrued bonus expense each quarter based on estimated year-end results, and then adjusted the actual in the fourth quarter based on our final results compared to targets.

Derivative Liability Valuation. We used the guidance under ASC 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging; Contracts in Entity’s Own Entity” to classify and value our warrant liabilities. Warrants classified as derivative liabilities are recorded at their estimated fair value on the date of issuance. The warrant liability is required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis each quarter-end based on current assumptions using the Black- Scholes valuation model, with the change in value recognized in current earnings. We had warrant liabilities during the year ended September 30, 2010 until August 2010 when, due to changes in certain terms, the warrants were no longer required to be classified as derivative liabilities.

Deferred Tax Asset. We have provided a full valuation reserve related to our substantial deferred tax assets. In the future, if sufficient evidence of our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions becomes apparent, we may be required to reduce our valuation allowances, resulting in income tax benefits in our consolidated statement of operations. We evaluate quarterly the realizability of the deferred tax assets and assess the need for a valuation allowance. Utilizing the net operating loss (“NOL”) carry forwards in future years could be substantially limited due to restrictions imposed under federal and state laws upon a change in ownership or control. Included in the NOL carryforward are deductions from stock options that, if recognized, will be recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital rather than through our results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

A number of new pronouncements have been issued for future implementation as discussed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements located in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

Segment and Related Information

We are engaged in the design, development and commercialization of directed sound technologies and products. We present our business as one reportable segment due to the similarity in nature of products marketed, financial performance measures (revenue growth and gross margin), methods of distribution (direct and indirect) and customer markets (each product is sold by the same personnel to government and commercial customers, domestically and internationally). Our chief operating decision making officer reviews financial information on sound products on a consolidated basis. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

 

22


Table of Contents

Comparison of Results of Operations for Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

The following table provides for the periods indicated certain items of our consolidated statements of operations from continuing operations expressed in dollars and as a percentage of net sales. The financial information and discussion below should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes contained in this Annual Report.

 

     Year ended              
     September 30, 2011     September 30, 2010              
     Amount     % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount     % of  Net
Revenue
    Increase/(Decrease)  
           Amount     %  

Revenues:

            

Product sales

   $ 26,020,385        98.2   $ 16,535,796        99.1   $ 9,484,589        57.4

Contract and other

     486,436        1.8     158,279        0.9     328,157        207.3
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
     26,506,821        100.0     16,694,075        100.0     9,812,746        58.8

Cost of revenues

     10,577,370        39.9     7,520,284        45.0     3,057,086        40.7
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Gross profit

     15,929,451        60.1     9,173,791        55.0     6,755,660        73.6

Operating Expenses:

            

Selling, general and administrative

     8,463,842        31.9     4,659,443        27.9     3,804,399        81.6

Research and development

     2,483,938        9.4     2,062,158        12.4     421,780        20.5
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
     10,947,780        41.3     6,721,601        40.3     4,226,179        62.9
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income from operations

     4,981,671        18.8     2,452,190        14.7     2,529,481        103.2
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Other Income

     46,967        0.2     747,255        4.5     (700,288     (93.7 %) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     5,028,638        19.0     3,199,445        19.2     1,829,193        57.2

Income tax provision

     (75,190     (0.3 %)      (166,771     (1.0 %)      91,581        54.9

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     69,454        0.3     (49,061     (0.3 %)      118,515        241.6
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income

   $ 5,022,902        18.9   $ 2,983,613        17.9   $ 2,039,289        68.3
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Revenues

Revenues increased $9,812,746, or 59%, in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 to $26,506,821 compared to $16,694,075 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. The increase in fiscal year 2011 revenues is primarily driven by the shipment of an order to a foreign government in the amount of $12,125,000. LRAD revenue accounted for $26,196,063 of the revenue in fiscal 2011 and $16,547,305 in fiscal 2010, due primarily to the success of the LRAD-X product line, expanded sales distribution and increased target markets.

Gross Profit

Gross profit for the year ended September 30, 2011 was $15,929,451, or 60% of total revenues, compared to $9,173,791, or 55% of total revenues for the year ended September 30, 2010. The increase in gross profit is primarily driven by increased revenues, increased fixed cost absorption and lower product cost due to higher volume purchases, partially offset by higher manufacturing overhead spending and amortization of prepaid expenses to support the large foreign government sale in the quarter ended March 31, 2011.

Our products have varying gross margins, so product sales mix materially affects gross profit. In addition, the margins differ based on the channel of trade that we sell through. We continue to make product updates and changes, including raw material and component changes that may impact product costs. With product updates and changes, we have limited warranty cost experience and estimated future warranty costs can impact our gross

 

23


Table of Contents

margins. We could also have increased competition in our market that could cause pricing pressure for us. We do not believe that historical gross profit margins should be relied upon as an indicator of future gross profit margins.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended September 30, 2011 increased $3,804,399 to $8,463,842, or 32% of total revenues, compared to $4,659,443, or 28% of total revenues, for the year ended September 30, 2010. The increase is primarily due to $2,763,155 for sales commissions, primarily related to the large foreign government sale, $807,617 for bonus expense based on meeting annual performance targets, and $244,759 for salary and consulting expense primarily related to increased business development staffing.

We incurred non-cash share-based compensation expenses of $335,796 and $380,688 in selling, general and administrative expenses in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in expenses is due to a number of options becoming fully vested.

We may expend additional resources on marketing our products in future periods which may increase selling, general and administrative expenses. Also, commission expense will fluctuate based on the level of commissionable sales incurred.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased $421,780 to $2,483,938, or 9% of total revenues, for the year ended September 30, 2011, compared to $2,062,158, or 12% of total revenues, for the year ended September 30, 2010. This increase was primarily due to $309,782 in bonus expense for meeting annual performance targets, and $140,356 for staffing, partially offset by a $25,299 decrease in the impairment of intangible assets.

Included in research and development expenses for the year ended September 30, 2011 was $60,919 of non-cash share-based compensation expenses, compared to $53,143 for the year ended September 30, 2010. The increase is due to new option grants.

During fiscal years 2011 and 2010, we reviewed the ongoing value of our capitalized intangible assets and identified some of these assets as being no longer consistent with our business strategy. As a result of this review, we reduced the value of these patents by $22,551 and $47,850 for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Research and development expenses vary period to period due to the timing of projects, the availability of funds, and the timing, extent and use of outside consulting, design and development firms. In fiscal 2011, research and development expenses were primarily for in-house development, but we have, in the past, supplemented our in-house development with third-party consulting resulting in higher expenses. Based on current plans and engineering staffing, we expect fiscal year 2012 research and development expenses to be comparable to expenditures made in fiscal year 2011.

Income From Operations

Income from operations was $4,981,671 for the year ended September 30, 2011, compared to income from operations of $2,452,190 for the year ended September 30, 2010, primarily from increased revenue and improved margins.

Other Income (Expense)

During the year ended September 30, 2011, we earned $32,354 of interest income on our cash balances compared to $903 in the year ended September 30, 2010. The higher interest is due to transferring higher cash balances to interest bearing accounts during the current year. We also recorded other income of $14,721 in the

 

24


Table of Contents

year ended September 30, 2011 for proceeds from an insurance claim. In the year ended September 30, 2010, we recorded a $747,917 unrealized, non-cash gain on derivative revaluation related to changes in the estimated fair value of common stock warrant instruments that were classified as derivative liabilities, pursuant to ASC 815-40. We did not have a similar gain during the year ended September 30, 2011, and we do not anticipate any gain or loss in future years because we no longer have common stock warrant instruments that are classified as derivative liabilities.

Net Income

Our net income increased $2,039,289 to $5,022,902, or $0.15 per diluted share for the year ended September 30, 2011, compared to net income of $2,983,613, or $0.10 per diluted share, for the year ended September 30, 2010. We recorded a tax provision of $75,190 and $166,771 for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as a result of taxable income generated during the year. We generated a federal tax liability due to the federal alternative minimum tax, but were able to use R&D credits in California to offset state tax obligations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2011 was $13,870,762, compared to $5,421,167 at September 30, 2010. In addition, at September 30, 2011, we had $606,250 of cash which we pledged to support a bank guarantee related to a customer maintenance contract that was previously included as cash and cash equivalents and reclassified as “restricted cash” in the quarter ended December 31, 2010. The increase in cash and cash equivalents was primarily the result of the exercise during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 of certain warrants to purchase common stock, which generated $4,346,613 in cash, and $3,886,017 generated from operating activities from continuing operations in the year ended September 30, 2011, which includes $606,250 reclassified to restricted cash as described above.

Other than cash and cash equivalents and our balance of accounts receivable at September 30, 2011 and expected future cash flows from operating activities in subsequent periods, we have no other unused sources of liquidity at this time.

Principal factors that could affect the availability of our internally generated funds include:

 

   

ability to meet sales projections;

 

   

government spending levels;

 

   

introduction of competing technologies;

 

   

product mix and effect on margins;

 

   

ability to reduce and manage inventory levels; and

 

   

product acceptance in new markets.

Principal factors that could affect our ability to obtain cash from external sources include:

 

   

volatility in the capital markets; and

 

   

market price and trading volume of our common stock.

Based on our current cash position, our order backlog, and assuming the accuracy of our currently planned expenditures, we believe we have sufficient capital to fund planned levels of operations for at least the next twelve months. However, we operate in a rapidly evolving and often unpredictable business environment that may change the timing or amount of expected future cash receipts and expenditures. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we may not be required to raise additional funds through the sale of equity or debt securities or from credit facilities. Additional capital, if needed, may not be available on satisfactory terms, if at all.

 

25


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

Our net cash generated from operating activities from continuing operations was $3,886,017 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 compared to $4,765 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. Cash generated from operating activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 included the $5,022,902 net income reduced by expenses not requiring the use of cash of $641,654, a decrease in inventory of $64,830, an increase of accounts payable of $75,155 and an increase in accrued liabilities, primarily for bonus accrual, of $1,334,094. Cash used in operating activities included $606,250 for transfers to restricted cash, a $910,149 increase in accounts receivable, $1,218,750 for prepaid expenses – non-current, and $400,649 for increased current prepaid expenses and other, both of which include prepaid warranty services to support our foreign government contract, and $47,366 in warranty settlements. Cash generated from operating activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 included the $2,983,613 net income, reduced by expenses not requiring the use of cash of $113,326 and a $9,401 increase in accounts payable. Cash used in operating activities included $2,754,687 increase in accounts receivable, $199,679 increase in inventory, $113,429 decrease in accrued liabilities, $72,605 of warranty settlements and $10,236 increase in prepaid expenses and other.

At September 30, 2011, we had accounts receivable of $5,098,148, compared to $4,187,999 at September 30, 2010. The level of trade accounts receivable at September 30, 2011 represented approximately 70 days of revenues for the year compared to 92 days of revenues at September 30, 2010. The decrease in days was due to comparable receivables balances, but with higher revenues in the year ended September 30, 2011 compared to September 30, 2010. Terms with individual customers vary greatly. We typically require thirty-day terms from our customers. Our receivables can vary dramatically due to overall sales volumes and due to quarterly variations in sales and timing of shipments to and receipts from large customers and the timing of contract payments.

At September 30, 2011 and 2010, our current assets from continuing operations exceeded our current liabilities from continuing operations by $19,034,868 and $10,100,662, respectively. This increase was primarily a result of the increases in cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable at September 30, 2011.

Investing Activities

We use cash in investing activities primarily for the purchase of laboratory and computer equipment, product tooling, and software and investment in new patents. Cash used in investing activities for capital expenditures was $57,888 and $64,343 in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Cash used for investment in new patents for continuing operations was $2,291 and $17,382 in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We anticipate continued expenditures for patents and capital expenditures in fiscal 2012 as we continue to invest in new products and technologies.

Financing Activities

In the year ended September 30, 2011, we received proceeds of $4,346,613 from the exercise of certain warrants to purchase common stock and $145,450 from the exercise of stock options. In the year ended September 30, 2010, we received $30,417 from the exercise of stock options.

Commitments

We are committed for our facility lease as more fully described in Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements.

We have a bonus plan for employees, in accordance with their terms of employment, whereby they can earn a percentage of their salary at three different levels based on meeting three different targeted objectives for earnings per share. The number of shares outstanding used for the calculation is as of October 1, 2010.

 

26


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2010, we paid $970,224 for bonuses and related payroll taxes. In fiscal 2011, we accrued $2,308,010 for bonuses and related payroll taxes based on the level of targeted objectives achieved for the year. The bonuses will be paid in the quarter ending December 31, 2011.

In April 2009, our Board of Directors adopted a Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan. The Change of Control Plan provides that in the event of a qualifying termination, each of the two participating executives will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to twenty-four months’ base salary (less applicable tax and other withholdings), (ii) a lump sum payment equal to the officer’s target bonus for the year in which the officer is terminated, (iii) continuation of health benefits for twenty-four months and (iv) accelerated vesting of any unvested stock options and other securities or similar incentives held at the time of termination. A qualifying termination under the Change of Control Plan is any involuntary termination without cause or any voluntary termination for good reason, in each case occurring within three months before or twelve months after a change of control of LRAD.

We entered into an employment agreement in September 2006 with our president and chief executive officer that provides for severance benefits in the form of up to a maximum of six months’ salary and health benefit continuation if his employment is terminated without cause or he resigns for good reason. There are no other employment agreements with executive officers or other employees providing future benefits or severance arrangements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, financings or other relationships with unconsolidated entities or other persons.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Information requested by this Item is not included as we are electing scaled disclosure requirements available to Smaller Reporting Companies.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The financial statements required by this item begin on page F-1 with the index to financial statements followed by the consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

There have been no disagreements or any reportable events requiring disclosure under Item 304(b) of Regulation S-K.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

We are required to maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that material information related to us, including our consolidated subsidiaries, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act Reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Our disclosure controls and procedures are also designed to

 

27


Table of Contents

ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act Reports is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2011 and, based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011 based on the guidelines established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2011.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Squar, Milner, Peterson, Miranda and Williamson, LLP, has issued an audit report, which is included herein below, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Controls

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting since June 30, 2011, in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Our process for evaluating controls and procedures is continuous and encompasses constant improvement of the design and effectiveness of established controls and procedures and the remediation of any deficiencies which may be identified during this process.

 

28


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

LRAD Corporation

We have audited LRAD Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. LRAD Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a)  pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b)  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c)  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, LRAD Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of LRAD Corporation as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years then ended, and our report dated December 5, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion.

/s/ S QUAR , M ILNER , P ETERSON , M IRANDA  & W ILLIAMSON , LLP

San Diego, CA

December 5, 2011

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

None

 

29


Table of Contents

PART III

Certain information required by this Part III is omitted from this report and is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2012.

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information with respect to our executive officers is set forth in the section entitled “Executive Officers” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information required by this item with respect to our directors and corporate governance matters is incorporated by reference to the information under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Board and Committee Matters and Corporate Governance Matters” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” contained in our Proxy Statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the Proxy Statement).

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Executive Compensation.”

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Certain Transactions” and “Independence of the Board of Directors.”

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement, under the heading “Principal Accountant Fees and Services.”

 

30


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

Consolidated Financial Statements:

The following consolidated financial statements are filed as part of this report as required by “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended September 30, 2011 and  2010

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7 – F-27   

Exhibits:

The following exhibits are incorporated by reference or filed as part of this report.

 

3.    Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of American Technology Corporation (Delaware) dated March 1, 1992. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 on Form 10-SB effective August 1, 1994.
3.1.1    Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of American Technology Corporation dated March 24, 1997 and filed with Delaware on April 22, 1997. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1997, dated May 13, 1997.
3.1.2    Corrected Certificate of Designations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock dated and filed with Delaware on August 25, 1997. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.3 on Form 8-K dated August 29, 1997.
3.1.3    Corrected Certificate of Designations of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock filed with Delaware on December 23, 1998. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.4 on Form 10-KSB for the year ended September 30, 1998, dated December 29, 1998.
3.1.4    Corrected Certificate of Designation of Series C Preferred Stock filed with Delaware on April 19, 2000. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.5 on Form 8-K dated April 19, 2000.
3.1.5    Certificate of Designation of Series D Preferred Stock filed with Delaware on May 3, 2002. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002, dated May 15, 2002.
3.1.6    Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation filed with Delaware on September 26, 2002. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.6 on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2002, dated December 23, 2002.
3.1.7    Certificate of Designation of Series E Preferred Stock filed with Delaware on February 28, 2003. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 on Form 8-K dated March 6, 2003.
3.1.8    Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of American Technology Corporation dated March 24, 2010 for name change to LRAD Corporation. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 on Form 8-K dated March 31, 2010.
3.2    Restated Bylaws of American Technology Corporation. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, dated May 10, 2006.

 

31


Table of Contents
10.    Material Contracts
10.1    American Technology Corporation 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (as Amended March 15, 2007). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2007.+
10.2    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan for grants prior to August 5, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Form S-8 filed June 2, 2005.+
10.3    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan for grants on or after August 5, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 dated August 9, 2005.+
10.4    Form of Stock Award Agreement under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 dated August 9, 2005.+
10.5    Sublease between American Technology Corporation and Anacomp, Inc. dated December 13, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 on Form 10-K for year ended September 30, 2005, dated December 29, 2005.
10.6    Sublease between LRAD Corporation and Anacomp, Inc. dated July 26, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 on Form 8-K filed August 26, 2010.
10.7    Employment Letter between American Technology Corporation and Thomas R. Brown dated August 23, 2006. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 on Form 8-K filed August 25, 2006.+
10.8    Employment Letter between American Technology Corporation and Katherine H. McDermott dated June 21, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2007 filed January 4, 2008.+
10.9    Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan, issued April 30, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2009 filed December 1, 2009.+
10.10    Separation and Distribution Agreement between LRAD Corporation and Parametric Sound Corporation dated September 27, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 on Form 8-K filed October 1, 2010.
10.11    Tax Sharing Agreement between LRAD Corporation and Parametric Sound Corporation dated September 27, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 8-K filed October 1, 2010.
10.12    Form of Warrant, issued February 4, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 on Form 8-K filed February 8, 2011.
10.13    Form of Warrant Amendment, effective as of February 4, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 on Form 10-Q filed May 4, 2011.
10.14    Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 4, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 on Form 8-K filed February 4, 2011.
10.15    Lease between LRAD Corporation and The Realty Associates Fund VIII, LP dated November 16, 2011.*
21.    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
21.1    Subsidiary of LRAD Corporation. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2008, dated December 4, 2008.
23.    Consents of Experts and Counsel
23.1    Consent of Squar, Milner, Peterson, Miranda & Williamson, LLP.*
24.    Power of Attorney
24.1    Power of Attorney. Included on signature page.*

 

32


Table of Contents
31.   Certifications
31.1   Certification of Thomas R. Brown, Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
31.2   Certification of Katherine H. McDermott, Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
32.1   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, executed by Thomas R. Brown, Principal Executive Officer, and Katherine H. McDermott, Principal Financial Officer.*
99.   Additional Exhibits
99.1   Press Release dated December 5, 2011*
101.INS**   XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH**   SBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

* Filed herewith.
+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability.

 

33


Table of Contents

LRAD Corporation

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7 – F-27   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

LRAD Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of LRAD Corporation and Subsidiary (collectively, the “Company”) as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LRAD Corporation and Subsidiary as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective October 1, 2009 the Company changed its method of accounting for certain financial instruments that are settled in the Company’s common stock.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated December 5, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/ S / S QUAR , M ILNER , P ETERSON , M IRANDA  & W ILLIAMSON ,  LLP

San Diego, California

December 5, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

LRAD Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     September 30,  
     2011     2010  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,870,762      $ 5,421,167   

Restricted cash

     606,250        —     

Accounts receivable

     5,098,148        4,187,999   

Inventories, net

     2,735,520        2,784,098   

Prepaid expenses and other

     663,601        204,687   

Assets of discontinued operations

     6,250        112,517   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     22,980,531        12,710,468   

Property and equipment, net

     75,468        124,353   

Intangible assets, net

     225,969        277,647   

Prepaid expenses—noncurrent

     1,218,750        58,265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 24,500,718      $ 13,170,733   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,040,202      $ 965,047   

Accrued liabilities

     2,899,211        1,532,242   

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     9,263        53,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,948,676        2,550,579   

Other liabilities—noncurrent

     276,744        282,464   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,225,420        2,833,043   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 32,374,499 and 30,614,789 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     324        306   

Additional paid-in capital

     85,673,560        80,758,872   

Accumulated deficit

     (65,398,586     (70,421,488
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     20,275,298        10,337,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 24,500,718      $ 13,170,733   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-3


Table of Contents

LRAD Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Years Ended September 30,  
     2011      2010  

Revenues:

     

Product sales

   $ 26,020,385       $ 16,535,796   

Contract and other

     486,436         158,279   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     26,506,821         16,694,075   

Cost of revenues

     10,577,370         7,520,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,929,451         9,173,791   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

     

Selling, general and administrative

     8,463,842         4,659,443   

Research and development

     2,483,938         2,062,158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     10,947,780         6,721,601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from operations

     4,981,671         2,452,190   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

     

Other income (expense)

     46,967         (662

Unrealized gain on derivative revaluation

     —           747,917   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income

     46,967         747,255   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 5,028,638         3,199,445   

Income tax expense

     75,190         166,771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     4,953,448       $ 3,032,674   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     69,454         (49,061
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 5,022,902       $ 2,983,613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per common share—continuing operations:

     

Basic

   $ 0.16       $ 0.10   

Diluted

   $ 0.15       $ 0.10   

Net income per common share—discontinued operations:

     

Basic

   $ 0.00       $ (0.00

Diluted

   $ 0.00       $ (0.00

Net income per common share:

     

Basic

   $ 0.16       $ 0.10   

Diluted

   $ 0.15       $ 0.10   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

     

Basic

     31,755,157         30,589,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     32,722,632         31,111,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-4


Table of Contents

LRAD Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
     Shares      Amount         

Balances, September 30, 2009

     30,552,498       $ 306       $ 82,947,945      $ (74,904,164   $ 8,044,087   

Cumulative-effect of change in accounting principle

     —           —           (2,246,980     1,499,063        (747,917

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     62,291         —           30,417        —          30,417   

Share-based compensation expense

     —           —           479,771        —          479,771   

Warrant extension

     —           —           1,725        —          1,725   

Separation of Parametric Sound Corporation

     —           —           (454,006     —          (454,006

Net income for the period

     —           —           —          2,983,613        2,983,613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, September 30, 2010

     30,614,789       $ 306       $ 80,758,872      $ (70,421,488   $ 10,337,690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock:

            

Upon exercise of stock options

     131,765       $ 2       $ 145,448      $ —        $ 145,450   

Upon exercise of warrants (net of non-cash offering costs of $2,164,773)

     1,627,945         16         2,181,824        —          2,181,840   

Issuance of warrants

     —           —           2,164,773        —          2,164,773   

Share-based compensation expense

     —           —           422,643        —          422,643   

Net income for the period

     —           —           —          5,022,902        5,022,902   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, September 30, 2011

     32,374,499       $ 324       $ 85,673,560      $ (65,398,586   $ 20,275,298   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-5


Table of Contents

LRAD Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Years Ended September 30,  
     2011     2010  

Operating Activities:

    

Net income

   $ 5,022,902      $ 2,983,613   

Less: Net income (loss) from discontinued operations

     69,454        (49,061
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     4,953,448        3,032,674   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     138,191        206,013   

Warranty provision

     74,521        69,384   

Inventory obsolescence

     (16,252     60,799   

Share-based compensation

     422,643        475,472   

Loss on impairment of patents

     22,551        47,850   

Unrealized gain on derivative revaluation

     —          (747,917

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Restricted cash

     (606,250     —     

Accounts receivable

     (910,149     (2,754,687

Inventories

     64,830        (199,679

Prepaid expenses and other

     (458,914     (10,236

Prepaid expenses—noncurrent

     (1,160,485     —     

Accounts payable

     75,155        9,401   

Warranty settlements

     (47,366     (72,605

Accrued liabilities

     1,334,094        (111,704
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

     3,886,017        4,765   

Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations

     131,694        365,208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     4,017,711        369,973   

Investing Activities:

    

Purchase of equipment

     (57,888     (64,343

Patent costs paid

     (2,291     (17,382
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (60,179     (81,725

Financing Activities:

    

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

     4,346,613        —     

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     145,450        30,417   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     4,492,063        30,417   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     8,449,595        318,665   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     5,421,167        5,102,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 13,870,762      $ 5,421,167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 108      $ 1,565   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for taxes

   $ 222,175      $ 104,127   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

    

Reclassification of warrants from equity to a liability

   $ —        $ 747,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issued warrants classified as offering costs

   $ 2,164,773      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-6


Table of Contents

LRAD Corporation

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1. OPERATIONS

LRAD Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), is engaged in design, development and commercialization of directed sound technologies and products. The principal markets for the Company’s proprietary sound reproduction technologies and products are in North America, Europe, Middle East and Asia.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

GENERAL

The Company has a currently inactive wholly owned subsidiary, American Technology Holdings, Inc., which the Company formed to conduct international marketing, sales and distribution activities. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of this subsidiary after elimination of intercompany transactions and accounts.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

The consolidated financial statements presented herein reflect the spin-off of the Company’s Hypersonic Sound (“HSS”) business as a stand-alone company on September 27, 2010. The results of operations for the HSS business conducted prior to the spin-off, as well as some continued activity by the Company to fulfill remaining sales and warranty obligations following the spin-off, are designated as discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements. Amounts reflected as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations include direct and allocated costs attributable to the former HSS business, but do not include allocations of general corporate overhead costs.

CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE

Based on the Company’s adoption of authoritative guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) in June 2008, as codified in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging; Contracts in Entity’s Own Entity”, effective October 1, 2009, certain outstanding warrants were determined to be derivative instruments, and accordingly, the estimated fair value of these warrants was reclassified from equity and recorded as a warrant liability. The cumulative effect of the change in accounting for these warrants was recognized as an adjustment to the opening accumulated deficit balance at October 1, 2009 based on the difference between the fair value of the warrants at issuance and at the reclassification date as shown below.

 

     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Warrant
Liability
 

Grant date fair value of previously issued warrants

   $ 2,246,980       $ —        $ (2,246,980

Change in fair value of previously issued warrants outstanding as of October 1, 2009

     —           (1,499,063     1,499,063   

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 2,246,980       $ (1,499,063   $ (747,917

The fair values of the warrants were estimated using a Black-Scholes valuation model on August 7, 2006 (issue date) and October 1, 2009 (date of adoption of ASC 815-40), based on the closing price of $2.30 on August 7, 2006 and $1.77 on October 1, 2009, a volatility rate of 66% and 96%, respectively, risk free interest rate of 4.84% and 0.27%, respectively, and a contractual life of 4 years and 10 months, respectively.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions (e.g., reserves for accounts receivable

 

F-7


Table of Contents

and inventory, valuation of patents, warranty reserves and tax provision) that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent accounts with a major Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) guaranteed financial institution. Under provisions of the Dodd Frank Act, which became effective on December 31, 2010, unlimited FDIC insurance is provided for all funds in non-interest bearing transaction accounts for the two year period through December 31, 2012. In addition, the Company’s interest bearing money market and savings accounts are each insured up to $250,000 by the FDIC. The Company’s exposure for amounts in excess of FDIC insured limits at September 30, 2011 was approximately $10.7 million.

The Company sells its products to a large number of geographically diverse customers. The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and generally does not require collateral or other security to support customer receivables. At September 30, 2011, accounts receivable from three customers accounted for 38%, 16% and 11% of total accounts receivable with no other single customer accounting for more than 10% of the accounts receivable balance. At September 30, 2010, accounts receivable from three customers accounted for 38%, 16% and 15% of total accounts receivable with no other single customer accounting for more than 10% of the accounts receivable balance.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.

RESTRICTED CASH

The Company considers any amounts pledged as collateral or otherwise restricted for use in current operations to be restricted cash. Restricted cash is classified as a current asset unless amounts are not expected to be released and available for use in operations within one year.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

The Company carries its accounts receivable at their face amounts, less an allowance for doubtful accounts. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates its accounts receivable and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses considering the following factors when determining if collection of a receivable is reasonably assured: customer credit-worthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic industry trends and changes in customer payment terms. If the Company has no previous experience with the customer, the Company may obtain reports from various credit organizations to ensure that the customer has a history of paying its creditors. The Company may also request financial information to ensure that the customer has the means of making payment. If these factors do not indicate collection is reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash. There was no deferred revenue at September 30, 2011 or 2010 as a result of collection issues. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, adversely affecting their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required. The Company determines allowances on a case-by-case basis. The Company had no allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended September 30, 2011 or 2010.

CONTRACT MANUFACTURERS

The Company employs contract manufacturers for production of certain components and sub-assemblies. The Company may provide parts and components to such parties from time to time, but recognizes no revenue or

 

F-8


Table of Contents

markup on such transactions. During fiscal 2011, the Company performed assembly of products in-house using components and sub-assemblies from a variety of contract manufacturers and suppliers.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using a standard cost system whereby differences between the standard cost and purchase price are recorded as a purchase price variance in cost of revenues. Inventory is comprised of raw materials, assemblies and finished products intended for sale . The Company periodically makes judgments and estimates regarding the future utility and carrying value of inventory. The carrying value of inventory is periodically reviewed and impairments, if any, are recognized when the expected future benefit is less than carrying value. The Company has inventory reserves for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory, which is equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value, based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. The Company decreased its inventory reserve by $16,252 during the year ended September 30, 2011 and increased its inventory reserve by $60,799 during the year ended September 30, 2010, based on expected usage of components resulting from changes in product lines and customer demand.

EQUIPMENT AND DEPRECIATION

Equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation on machinery and equipment and office furniture and equipment is computed over the estimated useful lives of three to five years using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the lease. Upon retirement or disposition of equipment, the related cost and accumulated depreciation is removed, and a gain or loss is recorded.

INTANGIBLES

Intangible assets, which consist of patents and trademarks, are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which have been estimated to be 15 years. The carrying value of intangibles is periodically reviewed and impairments, if any, are recognized when the expected future benefit to be derived from an individual intangible asset is less than its carrying value.

LEASES

Leases entered into are classified as either capital or operating leases. At the time a capital lease is entered into, an asset is recorded, together with its related long-term obligation to reflect the purchase and financing. At September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no capital lease obligations.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company derives its revenue primarily from two sources: (i) product revenues, and (ii) contract, license fee, other services, and freight.

Product revenues from customers, including resellers and system integrators, are recognized in the periods that products are shipped (FOB shipping point) or received by customers (FOB destination), when the fee is fixed or determinable, when collection of resulting receivables is probable, and there are no remaining obligations for the Company. Most revenues to resellers and system integrators are based on firm commitments from the end user; as a result, resellers and system integrators carry little or no inventory. Revenues from associated engineering and installation contracts are recognized based on milestones or completion of the contracted services. The Company’s customers do not have the right to return product unless the product is found to be defective.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

In limited circumstances, product revenues may be recognized prior to shipment when, based on the Company’s evaluation, criteria for recognizing revenue under bill and hold arrangements have been met. During the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not recognize any bill and hold revenue.

The Company licenses its technology to third parties. Revenues from up-front license fees are evaluated for multiple elements, but are generally recognized ratably over the specified term of the particular license or agreement. Revenues from ongoing per unit license fees are earned based on units shipped and are recognized in the period when the ultimate customer accepts the product, and collection is reasonably assured.

SHIPPING AND HANDLING COSTS

Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenues. The amount of shipping and handling costs invoiced to customers is included in revenue. Actual shipping and handling costs were $366,851 and $144,818 for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

ADVERTISING

Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred. The Company expensed $73,812 and $62,397 for the years ended September 2011 and 2010, respectively, for advertising costs.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

WARRANTY RESERVES

The Company warrants its products to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of purchase. The warranty is generally limited. The Company currently provides direct warranty service. Some agreements with OEM customers, from time to time, may require that certain quantities of product be made available for use as warranty replacements. International market warranties are generally similar to the U.S. market. The Company also sells extended warranty contracts and maintenance agreements.

The Company establishes a warranty reserve based on anticipated warranty claims at the time product revenues are recognized. Factors affecting warranty reserve levels include the number of units sold, anticipated cost of warranty repairs and anticipated rates of warranty claims. The Company evaluates the adequacy of the provision for warranty costs each reporting period. In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, the Company increased its reserve by $27,155. The warranty reserve was $272,261 and $245,106 at September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. See Note 10 for additional information regarding warranties.

INCOME TAXES

The Company determines its income tax provision using the asset and liability method. Temporary differences are differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. A valuation allowance is recorded by the Company to the extent it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Additional information regarding income taxes appears in Note 11.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, are excluded from reported net income. There were no differences between net income and comprehensive income for any of the periods presented.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles held for use are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of undiscounted expected future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, or if changes in facts and circumstances indicate this, an impairment loss is measured and recognized using the asset’s fair value.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company presents its business as one reportable segment due to the similarity in nature of products provided, financial performance measures (revenue growth and gross margin), methods of distribution (direct and indirect) and customer markets (each product is sold by the same personnel to government and commercial customers, domestically and internationally). The Company’s chief operating decision making officer reviews financial information on sound products on a consolidated basis. See Note 16 for additional information regarding segments.

NET INCOME PER SHARE

Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could occur if outstanding securities convertible into common stock were exercised or converted. See Note 15 for additional information regarding net income per share.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

The Company’s functional currency is U.S. dollars as substantially all of the Company’s operations use this denomination. Foreign sales to date have been denominated in U.S. dollars. Transactions undertaken in other currencies, which have not been material, are translated using the exchange rate in effect as of the transaction date. Any exchange gains and losses are included in the statements of operations.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company recognized share-based compensation expense related to non-qualified stock options issued to employees and directors over the expected vesting term of the stock-based instrument based on the grant date fair value. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of the grant and revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates or if the Company updates its estimated forfeiture rate. From time to time, the Company grants stock options to directors and non-employee service providers.

The Company recognized a tax benefit of $182,191 for stock options that were exercised in the year ended September 30, 2011.

ACCOUNTING FOR WARRANT LIABILITY

The classification between equity and liabilities of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock are reviewed each reporting period. Warrants classified as derivative liabilities are recorded at their estimated fair value on the date of issuance. The warrant liability is adjusted to fair value at each reporting period and the corresponding change in fair value is recorded as an unrealized gain or loss in current earnings. At September 30, 2011, all of the Company’s outstanding warrants were classified as equity.

REGISTRATION PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

In connection with the issuance of warrants on February 4, 2011 (“2011 Warrants”), the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the warrant holders (“Warrant Holders”), whereby the Company

 

F-11


Table of Contents

agreed to prepare and file, within 30 days following the issuance of the 2011 Warrants, a registration statement covering the resale of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the 2011 Warrants. If the registration statement was not declared effective within 90 days following the date of issuance of the securities, or the Warrant Holders are otherwise unable to re-sell the shares purchased upon exercise of the 2011 Warrants, the Company will be obligated to pay liquidated damages to the purchasers in the amount of $0.01335 per day per applicable share until 180 days after the date the registration statement is required to be filed, and $0.0267 per day per applicable share thereafter, but not to exceed a total of $0.534 per applicable share or a maximum of $869,323. This obligation will be effective for the five year term of the Warrants, or until all 2011 Warrants have been exercised. The Company filed a registration statement on Form S-3 within 30 days of issuance, which became effective on April 7, 2011 in satisfaction of the initial 90 day effectiveness obligation. No liquidated damages have been accrued as of September 30, 2011 as it was not deemed to be probable that any such damages will be incurred. See Note 14 for additional information regarding the 2011 Warrants.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Where necessary, the prior year’s information has been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2011 statement presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported results of operations or retained earnings.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated events subsequent to September 30, 2011 through the date the accompanying consolidated financial statements were filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for transactions and other events which may require adjustment and/or disclosure in such financial statements. See Note 20 for additional information regarding subsequent events.

3. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued guidance regarding the presentation of comprehensive income. The new standard requires the presentation of comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The new standard also requires presentation of adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented. The updated guidance is effective on a retrospective basis for financial statements issued for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued additional guidance on fair value measurements that clarifies the application of existing guidance and disclosure requirements, changes certain fair value measurement principles and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. The updated guidance is effective on a prospective basis for financial statements issued for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

At September 30, 2011, there was no difference between the carrying value and fair market value of the Company’s cash equivalents. For certain financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

On October 1, 2008, the Company adopted guidance issued by ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, and establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value as described below:

 

   

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2: Inputs from other than quoted market prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

As described further in Note 14, the Company had outstanding warrants issued in 2006 that were subject to an anti-dilution reset provision prior to August 2010. In accordance with ASC 815-40 , the Company reclassified the fair value of the warrant from equity to a liability as of October 1, 2009. The warrant liability was required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis each quarter-end during the year ended September 30, 2010 through June 30, 2010. In August 2010 when, due to changes in certain terms, the warrants were no longer required to be classified as liabilities, at which time the carrying value of the warrants was remeasured and reclassified to equity. The Company used the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of the warrants, which the Company determined to be Level 2 inputs, as the assumptions used were based on significant other observable inputs.

As of September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no financial instruments that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

5. RESTRICTED CASH

At September 30, 2011, the Company’s assets included restricted cash in the amount of $606,250, which is classified as current assets, as this amount was pledged to support a bank guarantee to secure the first year of product warranty for product delivered on a sales contract with a foreign government in the quarter ended March 31, 2011. Following the initial term, this bank guarantee will be renewed at a lesser amount of $39,406 annually for seven additional years to cover each year of the extended warranty and maintenance agreement. Upon completion of the contract, the funds will become unrestricted and transferred to cash and cash equivalents. This asset is carried at cost, which approximates market value.

6. INVENTORIES, NET

Inventories, net consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,  
     2011     2010  

Finished goods

   $ 505,749      $ 704,097   

Work in process

     168,622        53,611   

Raw materials

     2,368,245        2,349,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,042,616        3,107,446   

Reserve for obsolescence

     (307,096     (323,348
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,735,520      $ 2,784,098   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The Company had raw materials located at supplier locations of $195,602 and $38,435 at September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Company relies on one supplier for compression drivers for its LRAD product and is making efforts to obtain alternative suppliers to reduce such reliance. The Company’s ability to manufacture its LRAD product could be adversely affected if it were to lose a sole source supplier and was unable to find an alternative supplier.

7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,  
     2011     2010  

Machinery and equipment

   $ 521,719      $ 481,514   

Office furniture and equipment

     775,662        777,788   

Leasehold improvements

     262,258        262,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,559,639        1,521,560   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,484,171     (1,397,207
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 75,468      $ 124,353   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $106,773 and $170,422 for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

8. INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,  
     2011     2010  

Cost

   $ 458,912      $ 486,910   

Accumulated amortization

     (232,943     (209,263
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 225,969      $ 277,647   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aggregate amortization expense relating to the Company’s intangible assets was $31,418 and $35,591 during the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition to amortization, the Company wrote off $22,551 and $47,850 of impaired patent costs to research and development expense during the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Estimated Amortization Expense Years Ended September 30,

      

2012

   $ 31,418   

2013

     31,418   

2014

     31,418   

2015

     31,418   

2016

     31,418   

Thereafter

     68,879   
  

 

 

 
   $ 225,969   
  

 

 

 

9. PREPAID EXPENSES

Prepaid expenses increased by an aggregate of $1,500,000 in the quarter ended March 31, 2011 due to amounts paid pursuant to the Company’s obligations under a sales contract and an extended warranty and

 

F-14


Table of Contents

maintenance agreement to provide repair and maintenance services over an eight year period for products sold under a contract with a foreign government. This amount is being amortized on a straight-line basis at an annual rate of $187,500 over the contract period, and is being recognized as a component of cost of sales. As of September 30, 2011, $187,500 of the total prepayment was classified as a current asset and $1,218,750 was classified as noncurrent.

10. ACCRUED AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,  
     2011      2010  

Payroll and related

   $ 2,628,210       $ 1,180,173   

Deferred revenue

     800         800   

Warranty reserve

     265,658         235,796   

Income tax

     —           105,858   

Customer deposits

     4,543         500   

Other

     —           9,115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,899,211       $ 1,532,242   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities—noncurrent consisted of the following:

 

Extended Warranty

     6,603         9,310   

Deferred revenue—noncurrent

     270,141         273,154   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     276,744       $ 282,464   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Payroll and related

Accrued payroll and related consists primarily of accrued bonuses and related payroll taxes in accordance with the Company’s compensation plan. See Note 12 for additional information regarding the bonus plan.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue at September 30, 2011 included $270,941 collected from a license agreement in advance of recognized revenue. The Company recognizes revenue and reduces deferred revenue on a per unit basis as the license is used by the customer. In the quarter ended June 30, 2011, the Company determined that it was more appropriate to report a portion of the deferred license revenue as noncurrent based on the Company’s estimate of revenue to be recognized over the subsequent 12 month period. Accordingly, $270,141 of the total deferred license revenue was reclassified as noncurrent as of June 30, 2011. To conform to this presentation, $273,154 of the deferred license revenue balance at September 30, 2010 was reclassified as noncurrent. The Company does not believe that this reclassification had a material effect on the previously reported financial statements. The Company recognized $3,013 of revenue from this license agreement in the year ended September 30, 2011.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Warranty Reserve

Details of the estimated warranty reserve were as follows:

 

Years Ended September 30,

   2011     2010  

Beginning balance

   $ 245,106      $ 248,327   

Warranty provision

     74,521        69,384   

Warranty settlements

     (47,366     (72,605
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 272,261      $ 245,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term warranty reserve

     265,658      $ 235,796   

Long-term warranty reserve

     6,603        9,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 272,261      $ 245,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company establishes a warranty reserve based on anticipated warranty claims at the time product revenue is recognized. Factors affecting warranty reserve levels include the number of units sold, anticipated cost of warranty repairs and anticipated rates of warranty claims. The Company evaluates the adequacy of the provision for warranty costs each reporting period. In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, the Company increased its reserve by $27,155.

11. INCOME TAXES

Income taxes consisted of the following:

 

Years Ended September 30,

   2011     2010  

Current tax expense

    

Federal

   $ 88,000      $ 50,000   

State

     (13,000     117,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     75,000        167,000   

Deferred (benefit)

    

Federal

     93,000        (994,000

State

     16,000        (175,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     109,000        (1,169,000

Change in valuation allowance

     (109,000     1,169,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 75,000      $ 167,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of income taxes at the federal statutory rate of 34% to the effective tax rate was as follows:

 

Years Ended September 30,

   2011     2010  

Income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate

   $ 1,710,000      $ 1,088,000   

Change in valuation allowance

     109,000        (1,169,000

Nondeductible compensation, interest expense and other

     4,000        (292,000

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     283,000        184,000   

Change in R&D credit carryover

     (2,094,000     —     

Net Operating Loss/Prior year true-ups

     357,000        427,000   

State business credit utilization

     (294,000     (75,000

Other

     —          4,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 75,000      $ 167,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The types of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their approximate tax effects that give rise to a significant portion of the net deferred tax asset at September 30, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     At September 30,  
       2011     2010  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 20,928,000      $ 22,619,000   

Research and development credit

     2,094,000        —     

Share-based compensation

     1,761,000        2,024,000   

Equipment

     90,000        118,000   

Patents

     252,000        270,000   

Accruals and other

     490,000        502,000   

State Tax Deduction

     4,000        36,800   

Federal AMT Credit

     155,000        56,000   

Allowances

     213,000        279,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax asset

     25,987,000        25,904,800   

Less valuation allowance

     (25,987,000     (25,904,800
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A valuation allowance has been recorded to offset the net deferred tax assets as realization of such assets has not met the threshold under ASC 740-10, “Income Taxes.”

At September 30, 2011, the Company had net deferred tax assets of approximately $25,987,000. The deferred tax assets are primarily composed of federal and state NOL carryforwards and federal and state research and development (“R&D”) credit carryforwards. At September 30, 2011, the Company, for federal income tax purposes, had NOL carryforwards of approximately $55,128,000, which expire through 2030. The Company recognizes windfall tax benefits associated with the exercise of stock options directly to stockholders’ equity only when realized. Accordingly, deferred tax assets are not recognized for NOL carryforwards resulting from windfall tax benefits occurring from October 1, 2008 onward. At September 30, 2011, deferred tax assets do not include excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation of approximately $179,000.

Due to uncertainties surrounding the Company’s ability to generate future taxable income to realize these assets, a full valuation allowance has been established to offset net deferred tax assets. The future utilization of the Company’s NOL carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to a substantial annual limitation as a result of ownership changes that could occur in the future. The Company had an estimated $1,566,000 and $800,000 of federal and state R&D tax credits, respectively, at September 30, 2011, a portion of which began to expire in the 2010 tax year. The Company is in the process of completing a comprehensive review of the components of its R&D credits. Based on preliminary findings, the Company has included the deferred tax assets associated with the tax credit carryforwards from its deferred tax assets recording a corresponding decrease in the valuation allowance. Once the analysis is completed, any adjustments will be made to update its unrecognized R&D tax benefits. Further, due to a change in California tax law in fiscal year 2008, NOL carryforwards may not be used in tax years 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and R&D credits were limited to fifty percent of the Company’s net tax in tax years 2008 and 2009.

The Company adopted ASC 740-10-25, “Income Taxes—Recognition” as of October 1, 2007. As of the date of the adoption, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits and there were no material changes during the year. Due to the valuation allowance, future changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits will not impact its effective tax rate. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income

 

F-17


Table of Contents

tax matters in income tax expense. The Company did not record any interest or penalties during the periods presented.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various state jurisdictions. All of the Company’s historical tax years are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and various state jurisdictions due to the generation of NOL and credit carryforwards.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Facility Lease

The Company’s executive offices, research and development, assembly and operational facilities in San Diego, California, are occupied under a sublease agreement that expires May 31, 2012, pursuant to which the current monthly obligation is approximately $17,774. The sublease also obligates the Company for certain other costs and charges, including the Company’s proportionate share of the building operating expenses and real estate taxes. The Company currently occupies approximately 23,698 square feet of office, laboratory, production and warehouse space.

On November 29, 2011, the Company entered into a new lease for 31,360 square feet to replace the current San Diego facility. The lease will commence June 1, 2012 and expire May 31, 2018. The aggregate monthly payment, with abatements, will average $16,306 per month in the first year, plus certain other costs and charges as specified in the lease agreement, including the Company’s proportionate share of the building operating expenses and real estate taxes. The aggregate monthly payment will be $25,088, $26,656, $28,224, $29,792 and $31,360 for the second through sixth years, plus expenses as noted above. These obligations are included in the operating lease obligation schedule below.

Other Operating Leases

In addition to the facility lease, the Company has two business equipment leases expiring in December 2012 and December 2013. These leases are reported as operating leases.

Total operating lease expense, including facilities and business equipment leases, recorded by the Company for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was $223,171 and $342,169, respectively.

The obligations under all operating leases are as follows:

 

Years ending September 30:

      

2012

   $ 199,117   

2013

     254,826   

2014

     308,076   

2015

     326,144   

2016

     344,960   

2017

     363,776   

2018

     250,880   
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,047,779   
  

 

 

 

Employment Agreements

The Company entered into an employment agreement in September 2006 with its president and chief executive officer that provides for severance benefits of up to a maximum of six months’ salary and health benefit continuation if his employment is terminated without cause or he resigns for good reason. There are no

 

F-18


Table of Contents

other employment agreements with executive officers or other employees providing future benefits or severance arrangements.

Commission and Bonus Plans

The Company has established a bonus plan for its employees, in accordance with their terms of employment, whereby they can earn a percentage of their salary at three different levels based on meeting three different targeted objectives for earnings per share. The number of shares outstanding used for the calculation is as of October 1, 2010.

The Company accrued $970,224 for bonuses and related payroll taxes in the year ended September 30, 2010, of which $633,492 was accrued during the quarter ended September 30, 2010 based on the Company having achieved the bonus plan target levels, which was paid during the quarter ended December 31, 2010. In fiscal 2011, the Company accrued a total of $2,308,010, of which $1,531,211 was accrued during the quarter ended September 30, 2011 for bonuses and related payroll taxes based on the level of targeted objectives achieved for the year, which is included in accrued and other liabilities under the caption payroll and related. The bonuses accrued in fiscal 2011 are expected to be paid in the quarter ending December 31, 2011.

Change of Control Severance Benefit Plan

In April 2009, the Board of Directors adopted a Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan. The Change of Control Plan provides that in the event of a qualifying termination, each of three participating executives will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to twenty-four months’ base salary (less applicable tax and other withholdings), (ii) a lump sum payment equal to the officer’s target bonus for the year in which the officer is terminated, (iii) continuation of health benefits for twenty-four months and (iv) accelerated vesting of any unvested stock options and other securities or similar incentives held at the time of termination. A qualifying termination under the Change of Control Plan is any involuntary termination without cause or any voluntary termination for good reason, in each case occurring within three months before or twelve months after a change of control of the Company.

Employee Benefit—401K Plan

The Company has a defined contribution plan (401(k)) covering its employees. Matching contributions are made on behalf of all participants at the discretion of the board of directors. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company made matching contributions of $127,503 and $27,518, respectively.

Litigation

The Company may at times be involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business. The Company will also, from time to time, when appropriate in management’s estimation, record adequate reserves in the Company’s financial statements for pending litigation. There are no pending legal proceedings to which the Company is a party or to which any of its property is subject.

Guarantees and Indemnifications

The Company enters into indemnification provisions under (i) its agreements with other companies in its ordinary course of business, typically with business partners, contractors, customers and landlords and (ii) its agreements with investors. Under these arrangements, the Company may indemnify other parties such as business partners, customers, underwriters, and investors for certain losses suffered, claims of intellectual property infringement, negligence and intentional acts in the performance of services, and violations of laws

 

F-19


Table of Contents

including certain violations of securities laws. The Company’s obligation to provide such indemnification in such circumstances would arise if, for example, a third party sued a customer for intellectual property infringement and the Company agreed to indemnify the customer against such claims. The Company is unable to estimate with any reasonable accuracy the liability that may be incurred pursuant to such indemnification obligations. Some of the factors that would affect this assessment include, but are not limited to, the nature of the claim asserted, the relative merits of the claim, the financial ability of the parties, the nature and amount of damages claimed, insurance coverage that the Company may have to cover such claims, and the willingness of the parties to reach settlement, if any. Because of the uncertainty surrounding these circumstances, the Company’s indemnification obligations could range from immaterial to having a material adverse impact on its financial position and its ability to continue in the ordinary course of business. The Company has not incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements in the past, and the Company had no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of September 30, 2011, or 2010.

Under its bylaws, the Company has agreed to indemnify its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences arising as a result of the officer or director serving in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer or director’s lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. However, the Company has a director and officers’ liability insurance policy that limits its exposure and enables it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result of its insurance policy coverage, the Company does not believe that a material loss exposure related to these agreements is either probable or reasonably estimable. Accordingly, the Company has no liability recorded for these agreements as of September 30, 2011, or 2010.

13. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock Option Plans

At September 30, 2011, the Company had one equity incentive plan. The 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (“2005 Equity Plan”), as amended, authorizes for issuance as stock options, stock appreciation rights, or stock awards for an aggregate of 3,250,000 shares of common stock to employees, directors or consultants. The total 2005 Equity Plan reserve includes these shares and shares reserved under other plans prior to the 2005 Equity Plan, allowing for the issuance of up to 4,999,564 shares. At September 30, 2011, there were options outstanding covering 4,181,339 shares of common stock under the 2005 Equity Plan and 251,977 shares of common stock available for grant for a total of 4,433,316 currently available under the 2005 Equity Plan.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company’s employee stock options have various restrictions that reduce option value, including vesting provisions and restrictions on transfer and hedging, among others, and are often exercised prior to their contractual maturity.

The Company recorded $422,643 and $475,472 of stock compensation expense for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The weighted-average estimated fair value of employee stock options granted during the year ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was $1.60 per share and $0.72 per share, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions (annualized percentages):

 

Years Ended September 30,

     2011    2010

Volatility

     83.0% - 93.0%    80.0% - 82.0%

Risk-free interest rate

     .99% - 1.77%    .78% - 2.36%

Forfeiture rate

     10.0%    20.0%

Dividend yield

     0.0%    0.0%

Expected life in years

     3.4 - 6.5    3.4 - 4.9

The Company has never paid cash dividends and has no present intention to pay cash dividends. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over the period commensurate

 

F-20


Table of Contents

with the expected life of the options. The risk-free interest rate is based on rates published by the Federal Reserve Board. The contractual term of the options was five years until it was changed to ten years in August 2011. The expected life is based on observed and expected time to post-vesting exercise. The expected forfeiture rate is based on past experience and employee retention data. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of the grant and revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Such revision adjustments to expense will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period in which the estimate is changed.

As of September 30, 2011, there was approximately $700,000 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to outstanding employee stock options. This amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years. To the extent the forfeiture rate is different from what the Company anticipated, stock-based compensation related to these awards will be different from the Company’s expectations.

Stock Option Summary Information

A summary of activity for the Company’s stock option plans, as well as options granted outside such plans as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, is presented below:

 

     Number
of Shares
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 

Fiscal 2010:

    

Outstanding October 1, 2009

     4,068,409      $ 2.96   

Granted

     781,500      $ 1.28   

Canceled/expired

     (378,876   $ 5.32   

Exercised

     (62,291   $ 0.49   
  

 

 

   

Outstanding September 30, 2010

     4,408,742      $ 2.50   
  

 

 

   

Exercisable September 30, 2010

     3,798,407      $ 2.69   
  

 

 

   

Fiscal 2011:

    

Outstanding October 1, 2010

     4,408,742      $ 2.50   

Granted

     378,000      $ 2.39   

Canceled/expired

     (473,638   $ 3.60   

Exercised

     (131,765   $ 1.10   
  

 

 

   

Outstanding September 30, 2011

     4,181,339      $ 2.40   
  

 

 

   

Exercisable September 30, 2011

     3,705,939      $ 2.47   
  

 

 

   

Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year

     $ 1.60   
    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding and options exercisable at September 30, 2011 was $1,490,380 and $1,370,101, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last day of trading during the year, which was $1.85 per share, and the exercise price multiplied by the number of applicable options. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2011 and 2010 was $182,191 and $71,796, respectively. Cash received from the exercise of stock options for the year ended September 30, 2011 was $145,450. The Company recognized the $182,191 as a tax benefit in the income tax provision for the year ended September 30, 2011.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at September 30, 2011:

 

Range of
Exercise
Prices

  Number
Outstanding
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Number
Exercisable
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
$0.46-$1.00     776,482        2.19      $ 0.48        774,919      $ 0.48   
$1.01-$2.00     1,095,857        2.97      $ 1.47        867,574      $ 1.51   
$2.01-$3.00     494,500        6.43      $ 2.30        253,946      $ 2.27   
$3.01-$4.00     1,106,000        0.68      $ 3.40        1,101,000      $ 3.40   
$4.01-$4.81     708,500        0.37      $ 4.47        708,500      $ 4.47   

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

   
$0.46-$4.81     4,181,339        2.19      $ 2.40        3,705,939      $ 2.47   

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

   

The Company recorded non-cash share-based compensation expense for employees, directors and consultants of $422,643 and $475,472, respectively, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. The amounts of share-based compensation expense are classified in the consolidated statements of operations as follows:

 

Years Ended September 30,

   2011      2010  

Cost of revenue

   $ 25,928       $ 41,641   

Selling, general and administrative

     335,796         380,688   

Research and development

     60,919         53,143   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 422,643       $ 475,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock Activity

During the year ended September 30, 2011, the Company issued 131,765 shares of common stock and obtained gross proceeds of $145,450 in connection with the exercise of stock options.

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized under its certificate of incorporation and bylaws to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, without any further action by the stockholders. The board of directors has the authority to divide any and all shares of preferred stock into series and to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of the preferred stock, such as the designation of series and the number of shares constituting such series, dividend rights, redemption and sinking fund provisions, liquidation and dissolution preferences, conversion or exchange rights and voting rights, if any. Issuance of preferred stock by the board of directors could result in such shares having dividend and or liquidation preferences senior to the rights of the holders of common stock and could dilute the voting rights of the holders of common stock.

No shares of preferred stock were outstanding during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 or 2010.

Stock Purchase Warrants

In February 2011, 1,627,945 stock purchase warrants originally issued on August 7, 2006 (the “2006 Warrants”) were exercised at a price of $2.67 for total proceeds of $4,346,613. The remaining 12,564 of the 2006 Warrants expired unexercised. On February 4, 2011, in consideration of the warrant holders exercising the 2006 Warrants at an exercise price above the then current market price of the Company’s common stock, the Company issued to the warrant holders new warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 1,627,945 shares of common stock at

 

F-22


Table of Contents

an exercise price of $2.67 per share (the “2011 Warrants”). The 2011 Warrants are exercisable from August 4, 2011 through February 4, 2016. The fair value of the 2011 Warrants, which was recorded as a non-cash offering cost and offset to the proceeds from the exercise of the 2006 Warrants, was estimated to be $2,164,773 using a Black-Scholes pricing model, assuming a 5.0 year expected life, a volatility of 88.5%, a risk-free interest rate of 2.26% and no expected forfeitures or dividend yield.

The Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the holders of the 2011 Warrants (“Warrant Holders”). Under this agreement, the Company agreed to prepare and file, within 30 days following the issuance of the 2011 Warrants, a registration statement covering the resale of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the 2011 Warrants. If the registration statement was not declared effective within 90 days following the date of issuance of the securities, or the Warrant Holders are otherwise unable to re-sell the shares purchased upon exercise of the 2011 Warrants, the Company will be obligated to pay liquidated damages to the purchasers in the amount of $0.01335 per day per applicable share until 180 days after the date the registration statement is required to be filed, and $0.0267 per day per applicable share thereafter, but not to exceed a total of $0.534 per applicable share or a maximum of $869,323. This obligation will be effective for the five year term of the Warrants, or until all 2011 Warrants have been exercised.

On March 2, 2011, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-3, which satisfied its initial registration obligations under this agreement. On April 7, 2011, this registration statement became effective, which satisfied the initial 90 day effectiveness obligation. No liquidated damages have been accrued as of September 30, 2011 as it was not deemed to be probable that any such damages will be incurred.

Pursuant to guidance in ASC 815-40, which the Company adopted October 1, 2009 (see Notes 2 and 4), management determined that 1,948,204 warrants granted in 2006 contained a strike price adjustment feature resulting in the instruments no longer being considered indexed to the Company’s own stock. Accordingly, on October 1, 2009, these warrants were reclassified from equity and the Company recorded a warrant liability of $747,917 with a cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated deficit of $1,499,063 based on the change in fair value of the warrants from their issuance date to the reclassification date. The warrant fair value was adjusted each reporting period based on current assumptions, with the change in value recognized in current earnings. At August 6, 2010, the date the warrants were scheduled to expire, the estimated fair value of the warrant liability was reduced to $0, based on the fair value on that date and the amendment described below which removed the strike price adjustment feature of the warrants so that they no longer are required to be classified as a derivative liability under the provisions of ASC 815-40. Other income of $747,917 was recognized during the year ended September 30, 2010 based on the change in fair value. The warrant fair values at August 6, 2010 and October 1, 2009 were determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model using the closing stock price at each date, volatility rates of 71% and 96%, risk free interest rates of 0.00% and 0.27%, and contractual lives equal to the remaining term of the warrants expiring August 6, 2010 which was 0.00 years and 0.85 years as of each measurement date.

In July and August, 2010, prior to the expiration of the warrants, the Company entered into an Amendment No. 1 to Warrant (the “Amendment”) with certain holders of its outstanding warrants. The Amendment extended the expiration date on 1,640,509 warrants from August 6, 2010 to February 6, 2011. In consideration for the extended expiration date, the holders were no longer entitled to receive (a) a pro rata distribution of shares of any wholly owned subsidiary of the company in a spin off transaction upon exercise of the warrants after the record date for such spin-off or (b) an adjustment to the warrant exercise price for subsequent issuances of securities by the Company at a price less than the then current exercise price for the warrants. Based on the elimination of the repricing provision, the warrants extended were no longer required to be classified as a derivative liability under the provisions of ASC 815-40. As such, at August 6, 2010, the value of the derivatives was reduced to $0, as the original warrants held no value at the original expiration date, and then an operating expense of $1,725 was recorded for those warrants extended using the Black-Scholes valuation model based on the closing price on August 6, 2010, a volatility rate of 51%, risk free interest rate of 0.20% and a contractual life of six months representing the term of the extension.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

15. NET INCOME PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period increased to include the number of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. The dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and warrants is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method, which assumes that the proceeds from the exercise of the outstanding options and warrants are used to repurchase common stock at market value. Under the treasury stock method, an increase in the fair market value of the Company’s common stock can result in a greater dilutive effect from potentially dilutive securities. If the Company has losses for the period, the inclusion of potential common stock instruments outstanding would be anti-dilutive. In addition, under the treasury stock method, the inclusion of stock options and warrants with an exercise price greater than the per share market value, would be antidilutive. Potential common shares that would be antidilutive are excluded from the calculation of diluted income per share.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

     Year Ended September 30,  
     2011      2010  

Basic

     

Income from continuing operations

   $ 4,953,448         3,032,674   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     69,454         (49,061
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders

   $ 5,022,902       $ 2,983,613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic)

     31,755,157         30,589,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic income per common share, continuing operations

   $ 0.16       $ 0.10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic income per common share, discontinued operations

   $ 0.00       $ 0.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic income per common share

   $ 0.16       $ 0.10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     

Income from continuing operations

   $ 4,953,448         3,032,674   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     69,454         (49,061
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders

   $ 5,022,902       $ 2,983,613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     31,755,157         30,589,212   

Assumed exercise of dilutive options and warrants

     967,475         522,118   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common and potential common shares

     32,722,632         31,111,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted income per common share, continuing operations

   $ 0.15       $ 0.10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted income per common share, discontinued operations

   $ 0.00       $ 0.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted income per common share

   $ 0.15       $ 0.10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Potentially dilutive securities outstanding at period end excluded from diluted computation as they were antidilutive

     

Options

     1,925,000         2,849,700   

Warrants

     1,627,945         1,640,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,552,945         4,490,209   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

16. MAJOR CUSTOMERS, SUPPLIERS, SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

Major Customers

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, revenues from two customers accounted for 46% and 12% of total revenues. No other single customer represented more than 10% of total revenues. For the fiscal year ended

 

F-24


Table of Contents

September 30, 2010, revenues from one customer accounted for 41% of total revenues with no other single customer accounting for more than 10% of total revenues.

Suppliers

The Company has a large number of components and sub-assemblies produced by outside suppliers, some of which are sourced from a single supplier, which can magnify the risk of shortages and decrease the Company’s ability to negotiate with suppliers on the basis of price. In particular, the Company depends on one supplier of compression drivers for its LRAD products. If supplier shortages occur, or quality problems arise, then production schedules could be significantly delayed or costs significantly increased, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operation and cash flows.

Segment and Related Information

The Company presents its business as one reportable segment due to the similarity in nature of products marketed, financial performance measures (revenue growth and gross margin), methods of distribution (direct and indirect) and customer markets (each product is sold by the same personnel to government and commercial customers, domestically and internationally). The Company’s chief operating decision making officer reviews financial information on sound products on a consolidated basis.

The following table summarizes revenues by geographic region. Revenues are attributed to countries based on customer location.

 

Years Ended September 30,

   2011      2010  

Revenues

     

United States

   $ 7,895,236       $ 11,430,762   

Other

     18,611,585         5,263,313   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 26,506,821       $ 16,694,075   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes revenues by product line.

 

Years Ended September 30,

   2011      2010  

Revenues

     

LRAD

     26,196,063         16,547,305   

SoundSaber

     147,713         45,627   

Other

     163,045         101,143   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 26,506,821       $ 16,694,075   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

17. SPIN-OFF OF PARAMETRIC SOUND CORPORATION

On September 27, 2010, the Company completed a spin-off of Parametric, the subsidiary to which the Company’s contributed its HSS technology business. The spin-off was approved by the Company’s stockholders in a special meeting on June 2, 2010. Parametric filed a registration statement on Form 10 with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the spin-off. On September 27, 2010, all outstanding shares of Parametric were distributed to the Company’s stockholders of record on September 10, 2010 as a pro-rata, dividend of one Parametric common share for every two shares of the Company’s common stock.

On September 27, 2010, the Company entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement with Parametric that sets forth the terms and conditions of the separation of Parametric from the Company. The Separation and Distribution Agreement provides a framework for the relationship between the Company and Parametric following

 

F-25


Table of Contents

the separation regarding principal transactions necessary to separate Parametric from the Company, including (i) the contribution of assets to the business, (ii) retention of liabilities by the Company, (iii) use of HSS assets retained by the Company to fulfill any orders for such assets received prior to the distribution date, unsolicited follow-on orders received from current customers through December 31, 2010, and orders for a current project with Cardinal Health, Inc. through the completion of the project, (iv) the distribution by the Company on the distribution date of all outstanding shares of Parametric common stock to the Company’s stockholders in the form of a pro rata dividend of one share of Parametric common stock for every two shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding to stockholders on the record date, and (v) other provisions governing certain aspects of the Company’s relationship with Parametric after the completion of the separation from the Company.

In addition, on September 27, 2010, the Company entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement with Parametric in connection with the spin-off, that generally governs the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the separation with respect to taxes.

The net assets contributed by the Company to Parametric consisted of the following:

 

Inventories, net

   $ 21,293   

Patents, net

     432,713   
  

 

 

 

Net assets transferred

   $ 454,006   
  

 

 

 

Parametric’s historical results of operations relating to the HSS business have been presented as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The current and prior year Consolidated Balance Sheets also identify historical assets and liabilities as well as assets and liabilities retained by the Company to fulfill remaining obligations per the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

18. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS REPORTING

The Company spun-off its wholly-owned subsidiary Parametric Sound Corporation (“Parametric”) effective September 27, 2010. The historical results of operations relating to the HSS business have been presented as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The current and prior year Consolidated Balance Sheets also identify historical assets and liabilities as well as assets and liabilities retained by the Company to fulfill remaining obligations per the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement. Based on the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement between Parametric and the Company, the Company had some limited continuing activity with regard to the HSS business after the distribution date which gave rise to continuing cash flows. The Company continued to fulfill some transitional sales of the legacy HSS model H450 product for a short period of time and then cash flows associated with the sales and production of this product are expected to cease.

The components of the Consolidated Statements of Operations which are presented as discontinued operations are as follows:

 

     Years Ended September 30,  
     2011     2010  

Total revenues

   $ 195,097      $ 607,262   

Cost of revenues

     (119,253     (452,510

Operating expenses

     —          (211,754
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 75,844      $ (57,002
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (6,390     7,941   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 69,454      $ (49,061
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The components of the Consolidated Balance Sheets which are presented as discontinued operations were as follows:

 

     September 30,  
     2011      2010  

Assets:

     

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $0 and $222,864 for doubtful accounts

   $ —         $ 41,663   

Inventories, net

     6,250         70,854   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

   $ 6,250       $ 112,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ —         $ 16,994   

Customer deposits

     —           2,913   

Payroll and related

     —           3,465   

Warranty reserve

     9,263         29,918   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   $ 9,263       $ 53,290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

19. RELATED PARTY

Elwood G. Norris, a former officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company, is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Parametric. Mr. Norris was previously a related party as a result of more than 10% stock ownership of the Company until March 31, 2011 when his stock ownership fell below 10%. The Company entered into a consulting arrangement with Mr. Norris on June 4, 2010, concurrent with him resigning from the Board, whereby he provided consulting and advisory services to the Company in exchange for a quarterly consulting fee of $5,000 through May 31, 2012. The Company paid Mr. Norris consulting fees of $20,000 during the year ended September 30, 2011, and consulting and board fees of $5,000 and $15,000, respectively, during the year ended September 30, 2010.

20. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On November 29, 2011, the Company entered into a new lease for 31,360 square feet to replace the current San Diego lease. The lease will commence June 1, 2012 and expire May 31, 2018. See Note 12 for additional information.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

LRAD CORPORATION
December 5, 2011
By:   /s/    T HOMAS R. B ROWN        
  Thomas R. Brown
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know all persons by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas R. Brown, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that all said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their or his substitute or substituted, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: December 5, 2011

  By    

/s/    T HOMAS R. B ROWN        

     

Thomas R. Brown

Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: December 5, 2011

  By    

/s/    K ATHERINE H. M C D ERMOTT        

     

Katherine H. McDermott, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date: December 5, 2011

  By    

/s/    H ELEN C. A DAMS        

     

Helen C. Adams

Director

Date: December 5, 2011

  By    

/s/    R AYMOND S MITH        

     

Raymond Smith

Director

Date: December 5, 2011

  By    

/s/    L AURA M. C LAGUE        

     

Laura M. Clague

Director

 

S-1

Exhibit 10.15

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE

(Multiple Tenant – Tenant Pays its Percentage Share of Operating Expenses,

Real Property Taxes and Insurance Costs – NO Base Year)

 

1. B ASIC L EASE P ROVISIONS .

     1.1       D ATE :    November 16, 2011
     1.2       L ANDLORD :    The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P.,
         a Delaware limited partnership
     1.3       T ENANT :    LRAD Corporation,
         a Delaware corporation
     1.4       P REMISES A DDRESS :    Suites A, B and C, 16990 Goldentop Road, San Diego, California
     1.5       A PPROXIMATE L EASABLE A REA   
      OF P REMISES :    31,360
      (in square feet)   
     1.6       U SE :    Electronics assembly, warehouse and associated office use
     1.7       T ERM :    Six (6) years
     1.8       E STIMATED C OMMENCEMENT D ATE :    June 1, 2012
     1.9       M ONTHLY B ASE R ENT :    Commencement Date through   
         12 th full calendar month:    $23,520.00*;
         13 th through 24 th month:    $25,088.00;
         25 th through 36 th month:    $26,656.00;
         37 th through 48 th month:    $28,224.00;
         49 th through 60 th month:    $29,792.00; and                                 
         61 st through 72 nd month:    $31,360.00
        

*  See Exhibit F, Section 1 for abated Base Rent.

     1.10       B ASE R ENT AND E STIMATED O PERATING      
      E XPENSES P AID U PON E XECUTION :      
     

B ASE R ENT :

   $0   
     

A PPLIED T O :

   N/A   
     

(insert month(s))

     
     

O PERATING E XPENSES :

   $0   
     

A PPLIED T O :

   N/A   
     

(insert month(s))

     
     1.11       T ENANT S P ERCENTAGE S HARE :    See Section 6.4   
     1.12       S ECURITY D EPOSIT :    $31,360.00   
     1.13       N UMBER OF P ARKING S PACES :    92   
     1.14       R EAL E STATE B ROKER :      
     

L ANDLORD :

   Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc.   
     

T ENANT :

   Hughes Marino   
     1.15       E XHIBITS A TTACHED TO L EASE :    Exhibit A – “Premises;” Exhibit B – “Verification Letter;”
         Exhibit C – “Rules and Regulations;” Exhibit D – “Form of HazMat
         Certificate”; Exhibit E – “Work Letter Agreement”;
         Exhibit F – “Addendum to Lease”

 

1


     1.16       A DDRESSES FOR N OTICES :   
     

L ANDLORD :

   The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P.
        

c/o TA Associates Realty

1301 Dove Street, Suite 860

Newport Beach, California 92660

Attention: Asset Manager/Goldentop Road

         and
         The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P.
        

c/o TA Associates Realty

28 State Street, Tenth Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: Asset Manager/Goldentop Road

     

W ITH A C OPY TO :

   Davis Partners, LLC
         930 South Andreasen Drive, Suite G
         Escondido, CA 92029
         Attention: Property Manager/Goldentop Road
     

T ENANT :

   LRAD Corporation
         15378 Avenue of Science, Suite 100
         San Diego, California 92128
         Attention: Tom Brown

2. P REMISES .

2.1 A CCEPTANCE . Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises, to have and to hold for the term of this Lease, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. The Premises is depicted on Exhibit “A” attached hereto. The Premises depicted on Exhibit “A” is all or a part of a building (the “Building ”) and may contain areas outside of the Building to the extent such areas are specifically identified on Exhibit “A” as being a part of the Premises. Tenant accepts the Premises in its condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, covenants, conditions, restrictions and easements, and except as may be otherwise expressly provided herein, Landlord shall not be obligated to make any repairs or alterations to the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s intended purposes. The number of square feet set forth in Section 1.5 is an approximation, and the Base Rent shall not be changed if the actual number of square feet in the Premises is different than the number of square feet set forth in Section 1.5.

2.2 C ONDITION . Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that on the date Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant (the “ Delivery Date ”) the following parts of the Premises shall be in good working order and condition (a) plumbing systems, (b) electrical systems, (c) the roof, (d) all HVAC units, (e) lighting systems and (f) fire sprinklers (collectively, the “ Building Systems ”). In the event that it is determined that this warranty is untrue, Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if after Landlord receives written notice of the representation or warranty that is untrue, Landlord promptly takes the actions, at Landlord’s sole expense, necessary to put the applicable Building System in good working order. The foregoing representation and warranty shall apply only to the condition of the Building Systems between the Delivery Date and the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the Delivery Date (the “ Warranty Period ”), and shall not apply to any point in time after the last day of the Warranty Period. Tenant may notify Landlord in writing (the “ Warranty Notice ”) at any time during the Warranty Period, time being of the essence, of each way, if any, that the forgoing representation and warranty is untrue during the Warranty Period (an “ Untrue Warranty ”). The Warranty Notice shall state the specific way in which one or more Building System is not in good working order. Landlord shall have no responsibility to repair any Building System unless Tenant notifies Landlord on or before the last day of the Warranty Period in a Warranty Notice of the Untrue Warranty, and if Tenant notifies Landlord that a Building System was not in good working order after the last day of the Warranty Period, Landlord shall have no obligation pursuant to this section to repair the Building System that is not in good working order. Notwithstanding the forgoing, Landlord shall have no obligation pursuant to this section to repair a Building System if the repair is necessitated by the negligence or misuse of Tenant or by alterations made to the Premises by Tenant. Landlord’s obligations under this Section 2.2 are in addition to Landlord’s obligations under Section 12.4.

2.3 C OMMON  A REAS . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant for the benefit of Tenant and its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers and invitees during the term of this Lease, the nonexclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use (including Landlord), the Common Areas (as hereinafter defined) as they exist from time to time, subject to all rights reserved by Landlord hereunder and under the terms of all rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time with respect thereto. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to (a) make changes in the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas and walkways; (b) close temporarily any of the Common

 

2


Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (c) construct additional buildings, parking areas, loading dock facilities and other improvements within the Common Areas; and (d) do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas as Landlord may deem appropriate. As used herein, the term “ Common Areas ” means all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary lines of the land owned by Landlord that are provided and designated by Landlord as such from time to time for general nonexclusive use of Tenant and others, including, if designated by Landlord as Common Areas, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways and landscaped areas. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which the same are located, along with all other buildings and improvements designated by Landlord, are herein collectively referred to as the “ Project .” Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas, including, without limitation, the storage of trucks or other vehicles. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord.

3. T ERM .

3.1 T ERM AND C OMMENCEMENT D ATE . The term and Commencement Date of this Lease are as specified in Sections 1.7 and 1.8. The Commencement Date set forth in Section 1.8 is an estimated Commencement Date. Subject to the limitations contained in Section 3.3 below, the actual Commencement Date shall be the date possession of the Premises is tendered to Tenant in accordance with Section 3.4 below; provided, however, that the Commencement Date shall not occur prior to the date set forth in Section 1.8. If the actual Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, the term of this Lease shall be extended by the number of days between the actual Commencement Date and the first day of the next calendar month, it being the intention of Landlord and Tenant that the term of the Lease end on the last day of a calendar month. When the actual Commencement Date is established by Landlord, Landlord shall complete the letter attached hereto as Exhibit B and Tenant shall, within five (5) days after Landlord’s request, execute the letter and deliver it to Landlord. Tenant’s failure to execute the letter within said five (5) day period shall be a default hereunder and shall constitute Tenant’s acknowledgment of the truth of the facts contained in the letter delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

3.2 D ELAY IN P OSSESSION . Notwithstanding the estimated Commencement Date specified in Section 1.8, if for any reason Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on said date or any other date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder; provided, however, in such a case, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay rent or perform any other obligation of Tenant under this Lease, except as may be otherwise provided in this Lease, until possession of the Premises is tendered to Tenant, as defined in Section 3.4. If Landlord shall not have tendered possession of the Premises to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the estimated Commencement Date specified in Section 1.8, as the same may be adjusted in accordance with this Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 or in accordance with the terms of any work letter agreement attached to this Lease, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, by notice in writing to Landlord within ten (10) days after the expiration of the thirty (30) day period, terminate this Lease. If Tenant terminates this Lease as provided in the preceding sentence, the parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder, except that Landlord shall return any money previously deposited with Landlord by Tenant; and provided further, that if such written notice by Tenant is not received by Landlord within said ten (10) day period, Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease as provided above unless Landlord fails to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant within sixty (60) days following the estimated Commencement Date specified in Section 1.8, as the same may be adjusted in accordance with this Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 or in accordance with the terms of any work letter agreement attached to this Lease. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the estimated Commencement Date specified in Section 1.8, as the same may be adjusted in accordance with this Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 or in accordance with any work letter agreement attached to this Lease, due to a Force Majeure Event (as defined below), such estimated Commencement Date shall be extended by the period of the delay caused by the Force Majeure Event; provided, however, in no event shall the estimated Commencement Date be extended by more than thirty (30) days due to a Force Majeure Event. A “ Force Majeure Event ” shall mean fire, earthquake, weather delays or other acts of God, strikes, boycotts, war, riot, insurrection, embargoes, shortages of equipment, labor or materials, delays in issuance of governmental permits or approvals, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

3.3 D ELAYS C AUSED BY T ENANT . There shall be no abatement of rent, and the thirty (30) day period and the sixty (60) day period specified in Section 3.2 shall be deemed extended, to the extent of any delays caused by acts or omissions of Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees and contractors, or for Tenant delays as defined in any work letter agreement attached to this Lease, if any (hereinafter “ Tenant Delays ”). Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to one thirtieth (1/30th) of the Base Rent and Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses due for the first full calendar month of the Lease term for each day of Tenant Delay. For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the Base Rent payable for the first full calendar month of the term of this Lease shall not be reduced by any abated rent, conditionally waived rent, free rent or similar rental concessions, if any. Landlord and Tenant agree that the foregoing payment constitutes a fair and reasonable estimate of the damages Landlord will incur as the result of a Tenant Delay. Within thirty (30) days after Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the date Landlord could have delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant but for the Tenant Delays. After delivery of said notice, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord the amount described above for the period of Tenant Delay.

 

3


3.4 T ENDER OF P OSSESSION . Possession of the Premises shall be deemed tendered to Tenant when Landlord’s architect or agent has determined that (a) the Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto) are substantially completed, and, if necessary, have been approved by the appropriate governmental entity, (b) the Project utilities are ready for use in the Premises, (c) Tenant has reasonable access to the Premises, and (d) Landlord has offered Tenant possession of the Premises in writing. The Improvements shall be deemed “substantially” completed when the Improvements have been completed except for minor items or defects which can be completed or remedied after Tenant occupies the Premises without causing substantial interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

3.5 E ARLY P OSSESSION . If Tenant occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, such occupancy shall be subject to all provisions of this Lease, such occupancy shall not change the termination date, and, except as provided below, Tenant shall pay Base Rent and all other charges provided for in this Lease during the period of such occupancy. Provided that Tenant does not interfere with or delay the completion by Landlord or its agents or contractors of the construction of any tenant improvements, and provided Landlord has possession of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right to enter the Premises up to fourteen (14) days prior to the anticipated Commencement Date for the sole purpose of installing furniture, trade fixtures, equipment, and similar items, and Tenant shall have no obligation to begin paying Base Rent or other charges based solely on its installation of these items. Tenant shall be liable for any damages or delays caused by Tenant’s activities at the Premises. Prior to entering the Premises, Tenant shall obtain all insurance it is required to obtain by the Lease and shall provide certificates of said insurance to Landlord. Tenant shall coordinate such entry with Landlord’s manager, and such entry shall be made in compliance with all terms and conditions of this Lease and the Rules and Regulations attached hereto.

4. U SE .

4.1 P ERMITTED  U SE . The Premises shall be used only for the purpose described in Section 1.6 and for no other purpose. In no event shall any portion of the Premises be used for retail sales. Tenant shall not initiate, submit an application for, or otherwise request, any land use approvals or entitlements with respect to the Premises or any other portion of the Project, including, without limitation, any variance, conditional use permit or rezoning, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall not (a) permit any animals or pets to be brought to or kept in the Premises, (b) install any antenna, dish or other device on the roof of the Building or outside of the Premises, (c) make any penetrations into the roof of the Building, (d) place loads upon floors, walls or ceilings in excess of the load such items were designed to carry, (e) place or store, nor permit any other person or entity to place or store, any property, equipment, materials, supplies or other items outside of the Building in which the Premises is located or (f) change the exterior of the Premises or the Building in which the Premises is located. In no event shall Tenant use the Premises for the sale of medical marijuana or any use associated with the sale of medical marijuana. Tenant acknowledges that it has satisfied itself by its own independent investigation that the Premises and the Project are suitable for its intended use and that its use is permitted by applicable laws and regulations, and that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents has made any representation or warranty as to the present or future suitability of the Premises, or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business.

4.2 C OMPLIANCE W ITH L AWS . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, promptly comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, certificates of occupancy, conditional use or other permits, variances, covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements, the recommendations of Landlord’s engineers or other consultants, and requirements of any fire insurance underwriters, rating bureaus or government agencies, now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect, whether or not they reflect a change in policy from that now existing, during the term or any part of the term hereof, relating in any manner to the Premises or the occupation and use by Tenant of the Premises. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with all requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act that relate to the Premises, and all federal, state and local laws and regulations governing occupational safety and health. Tenant acknowledges that it will be responsible for complying with current and future laws and regulations even though such compliance requires Tenant to make substantial repairs or modifications (including structural modifications) to the Premises and even though the application of the law or regulation is unrelated to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable or unpleasant odors, smoke, dust, gas, noise or vibrations to emanate from the Premises, or take any other action that would constitute a nuisance, create a dangerous situation, or would disturb, unreasonably interfere with or endanger Landlord or any other tenants of the Project. Tenant shall obtain, at its sole expense, any permit or other governmental authorization required to operate its business from the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for the failure of any other tenant or person to abide by the requirements of this section or to otherwise comply with applicable laws and regulations, and Tenant shall not be excused from the performance of its obligations under this Lease due to such a failure.

4.3 L ANDLORD R EPRESENTATION . As of the date set forth in Section 1.1, and prior to the installation of any tenant improvements, Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that to Landlord’s actual knowledge it does not know of any material violations of laws or regulations applicable to the Premises that would materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises. For purposes of this section, Landlord’s actual knowledge shall mean the actual knowledge of Jim Harper without duty of investigation. Tenant acknowledges that the improvements comprising the Premises may have been constructed prior to the enactment of certain existing laws and regulations and the fact that such improvements do not now comply with some existing laws and regulations shall not constitute the breach of this warranty or obligate Landlord to modify such improvements.

4.4 O CCUPANT D ENSITY . Tenant shall maintain a ratio of not more than one Occupant (as defined below) for each one thousand (1000) square feet of leasable area in the Premises (hereinafter, the “ Occupant Density ”). If Landlord has a reasonable basis to believe that Tenant is exceeding the Occupant Density, upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall maintain on

 

4


a daily basis an accurate record of the number of employees, visitors, contractors and other people that visit the Premises (collectively “ Occupants ”). Landlord shall have the right to audit Tenant’s Occupant record and, at Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to periodically visit the Premises without advance notice to Tenant in order to track the number of Occupants working at the Premises. For purposes of this section, “Occupants” shall not include people not employed by Tenant that deliver or pick up mail or other packages at the Premises, employees of Landlord or employees of Landlord’s agents or contractors. Tenant’s failure to comply with the requirements of this section shall constitute a default under Section 17.1 and Landlord shall have the right, in addition to any other remedies it may have at law or equity, to specifically enforce Tenant’s obligations under this section. Nothing contained in this section shall be interpreted to entitle Tenant to use more parking spaces than the number permitted by Section 1.13.

5. B ASE R ENT . Tenant shall pay Base Rent in the amount set forth on the first page of this Lease. The first month’s Base Rent and the Security Deposit shall be due and payable on the date this Lease is executed by Tenant, and Tenant promises to pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month succeeding the Commencement Date. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. All payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be payable at such address as Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set off any rent due hereunder except where expressly provided in this Lease.

6. O PERATING   EXPENSE   PAYMENTS .

6.1 O PERATING E XPENSES . Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Percentage Share (as defined below) of the Operating Expenses for the Project. For the purposes of this Lease, the term “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses and disbursements of every kind (subject to the limitations set forth below) which Landlord incurs, pays or becomes obligated to pay in connection with the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the Project (including the associated Common Areas), including, but not limited to, the following:

(a) wages and salaries (including management fees) of all employees, agents, consultants and other individuals or entities engaged in the operation, repair, replacement, maintenance, and security of the Project, including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto;

(b) all supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and security of the Project;

(c) annual cost of all Capital Improvements (as defined below) made to the Project which although capital in nature can reasonably be expected to reduce the normal operating costs of the Project, as well as all Capital Improvements made in order to comply with any law now or hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority, as amortized over the useful economic life of such improvements as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion (without regard to the period over which such improvements may be depreciated or amortized for federal income tax purposes) together with an interest factor on the unamortized cost of such item equal to the lesser of six percent (6%) per annum or the maximum rate of interest permitted by applicable law;

(d) cost of all utilities paid by Landlord and the cost of all sewer and sprinkler services paid by Landlord;

(e) cost of any insurance or insurance related expense applicable to the Project and Landlord’s personal property used in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, the insurance costs described in Section 10.2;

(f) cost of repairs, replacements and general maintenance of the Project (including all truck court areas, paving and parking areas, Common Area lighting facilities, fences, gates, water lines, sewer lines, rail spur areas and any other item Landlord is obligated to repair or maintain), other than costs necessary to assure the structural soundness of the roof, foundation and exterior walls of the Project which are payable solely by Landlord under Section 11;

(g) cost of service or maintenance contracts with independent contractors for the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement or security of the Project (including, without limitation, alarm service, exterior painting, trash collection, snow, ice, debris and waste removal and landscape maintenance);

(h) the cost of all accounting fees, management fees, legal fees and consulting fees attributable to the operation, ownership, management, maintenance or repair of the Project; provided, however, that in no event shall the property management fee exceed an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the Base Rent and Operating Expenses applicable to the Project;

(i) payments made by Landlord under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant or other agreement relating to the sharing of costs among property owners;

(j) intentionally deleted;

 

5


(k) the cost of all business licenses, permits or similar fees relating to the operation, ownership, repair or maintenance of the Project;

(l) the cost of all Real Property Taxes; and

(m) the cost of any other item the cost of which is stated in this Lease to be an Operating Expense.

For purposes of this Lease, a “ Capital Improvement ” shall be an improvement to the Project that Landlord is obligated or permitted to make pursuant to this Lease, the cost of which is not fully deductible in the year incurred in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that, at Landlord’s option, the following items shall be treated as expenses and not Capital Improvements, and the entire cost of these items may be included in Operating Expenses in the year incurred: (i) the cost of painting all or part of the Project, (ii) the cost of resurfacing and restriping roadways and parking areas, (iii) the cost of any items Tenant is obligated to pay for pursuant to Section 12 that Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to include in Operating Expenses and (iv) the cost of Capital Improvements incurred in any calendar year to the extent the cost of the Capital Improvements are less than $25,000. References to facilities, services, utilities or other items in this section shall not impose an obligation on Landlord to have said facilities or to provide said services unless such facilities and services already exist at the Project.

6.2 O PERATING E XPENSE E XCLUSIONS . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of this Lease, the term “ Operating Expenses ” shall not include the following: (i) costs (including permit, license and inspection fees) incurred for tenant improvements for other tenants within the Project; (ii) legal and auditing fees (other than those fees reasonably incurred in connection with the maintenance and operation of all or any portion of the Project), leasing commissions, advertising expenses and similar costs incurred in connection with the leasing of the Project; (iii) depreciation of the Building or any other improvements situated within the Project; (iv) any items for which Landlord is actually reimbursed by insurance or by direct reimbursement by any other tenant of the Project; (v) costs of repairs or other work necessitated by fire, windstorm or other casualty (excluding any deductibles) and/or costs of repair or other work necessitated by the exercise of the right of eminent domain to the extent insurance proceeds or a condemnation award, as applicable, is actually received by Landlord for such purposes; provided, such costs of repairs or other work shall be paid by the parties in accordance with the provisions of Sections 11 and 12, below; (vi) other than any interest charges for Capital Improvements referred to in Section 6.1(c) hereinabove, any interest or payments on any financing for the Building or the Project and interest and penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s late payment of any invoice; (vii) costs associated with the investigation and/or remediation of Hazardous Materials (hereafter defined) present in, on or about any portion of the Project, unless such costs and expenses are the responsibility of Tenant as provided in Section 27 hereof, in which event such costs and expenses shall be paid solely by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of Section 27 hereof; (viii) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis; (ix) any payments under a ground lease or master lease; and (x) except as provided above, the cost of Capital Improvements.

6.3 P AYMENT . Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses shall be payable by Tenant within ten (10) days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual expenses is presented to Tenant by Landlord. At Landlord’s option, however, Landlord may, from time to time, estimate what Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses will be, and the same shall be payable by Tenant monthly during each calendar year of the Lease term, on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. In the event that Tenant pays Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Tenant within one hundred eighty (180) days after the expiration of each calendar year a reasonably detailed statement (the “ Statement ”) showing Tenant’s Percentage Share of the actual Operating Expenses incurred during such year. Landlord’s failure to deliver the Statement to Tenant within said period shall not constitute Landlord’s waiver of its right to collect said amounts or otherwise prejudice Landlord’s rights hereunder. If Tenant’s payments under this section during said calendar year exceed Tenant’s Percentage Share as indicated on the Statement, Tenant shall be entitled to credit the amount of such overpayment against Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses next falling due. If Tenant’s payments under this section during said calendar year were less than Tenant’s Percentage Share as indicated on the Statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deficiency within thirty (30) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of the Statement. Landlord and Tenant shall forthwith adjust between them by cash payment any balance determined to exist with respect to that portion of the last calendar year for which Tenant is responsible for Operating Expenses, notwithstanding that the Lease term may have terminated before the end of such calendar year; and this provision shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

6.4 T ENANT S P ERCENTAGE S HARE . “ Tenant’s Percentage Share ” as used in this Lease shall mean the percentage of the cost of Operating Expenses for which Tenant is obligated to reimburse Landlord pursuant to this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 1.11, Landlord shall have the right to determine Tenant’s Percentage Share of the cost of Operating Expenses using any one of the following methods or any combination of the following methods, and Tenant hereby agrees that the following methods of allocation are reasonable: (a) by multiplying the cost of all Operating Expenses by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of square feet of leasable space in the Premises and the denominator of which is the number of square feet of leasable space in all buildings in the Project; or (b) with respect to an Operating Expense attributable solely to the Building in which the Premises is located, requiring Tenant to pay that portion of the cost of the Operating Expense that is obtained by multiplying such cost by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of square feet of

 

6


leasable space in the Premises and the denominator of which is the number of square feet of leasable space in the Building in which the Premises is located.

6.5 A UDITS . If Tenant disputes the amount set forth in the Statement, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole expense, not later than sixty (60) days following receipt of such Statement, to cause Landlord’s books and records with respect to the calendar year which is the subject of the Statement to be audited by a certified public accountant mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. The audit shall take place at the offices of Landlord where its books and records are located at a mutually convenient time during Landlord’s regular business hours. Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses shall be appropriately adjusted based upon the results of such audit, and the results of such audit shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall have no right to conduct an audit or to give Landlord notice that it desires to conduct an audit at any time Tenant is in default under the Lease. The accountant conducting the audit shall be compensated on an hourly basis and shall not be compensated based upon a percentage of overcharges it discovers. No subtenant shall have any right to conduct an audit, and no assignee shall conduct an audit for any period during which such assignee was not in possession of the Premises. Tenant’s right to undertake an audit with respect to any calendar year shall expire sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement for such calendar year, and such Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant and shall, as between the parties, be conclusively deemed correct, at the end of such sixty (60) day period, unless prior thereto Tenant shall have given Landlord written notice of its intention to audit Operating Expenses for the calendar year which is the subject of the Statement. If Tenant gives Landlord notice of its intention to audit Operating Expenses, it must commence such audit within sixty (60) days after such notice is delivered to Landlord, and the audit must be completed within one hundred twenty (120) days after such notice is delivered to Landlord. If Tenant does not commence and complete the audit within such periods, the Statement which Tenant elected to audit shall be deemed final and binding upon Tenant and shall, as between the parties, be conclusively deemed correct. Tenant agrees that the results of any Operating Expense audit shall be kept strictly confidential by Tenant and shall not be disclosed to any other person or entity.

7. S ECURITY   DEPOSIT . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord at the time it executes this Lease the security deposit set forth in Section 1.12 as security for Tenant’s faithful performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. If Tenant fails to pay Base Rent or other charges due hereunder, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may use all or any portion of said deposit for the payment of any Base Rent or other charge due hereunder, to pay any other sum to which Landlord may become obligated by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer thereby. If Landlord so uses or applies all or any portion of said deposit, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after written demand therefor deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore said deposit to its full amount. Landlord shall not be required to keep said security deposit separate from its general accounts. If Tenant performs all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, said deposit, or so much thereof as has not heretofore been applied by Landlord, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other amount for its use, to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the term hereof, and after Tenant has vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created herein between Landlord and Tenant with respect to said security deposit. Tenant acknowledges that the security deposit is not an advance payment of any kind or a measure of Landlord’s damages in the event of Tenant’s default. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law which is inconsistent with this section including, but not limited to, Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code.

8. U TILITIES .

8.1 PAYMENT . Tenant shall pay for all electricity, telephone, refuse and trash collection and other utilities and services used on the Premises, together with any taxes, penalties, surcharges or the like pertaining thereto. Tenant shall contract directly with the applicable public utility for such services. Tenant shall pay its share of all charges for jointly metered water based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord or, at Landlord’s option, Landlord may include the cost of water in Operating Expenses. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer for normal restroom and break room use, and nothing herein contained shall impose upon Landlord any duty to provide sewer or water usage for other than normal restroom and break room usage. Tenant shall contract directly with an independent contractor reasonably acceptable to Landlord for refuse and trash collection, and Landlord shall have the right to designate the location of Tenant’s dumpster.

8.2 I NTERRUPTIONS . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for its failure to furnish water, gas, electricity, telephone, sewer, refuse and trash collection or any other utility services or building services when such failure is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, replacements or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, telephone service or other utility at the Project, by any accident, casualty or event arising from any cause whatsoever, including the negligence of Landlord, its employees, agents and contractors, by act, negligence or default of Tenant or any other person or entity, or by any other cause, and such failures shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from the obligation of paying rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for loss of property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any such services or utilities. Landlord may comply with voluntary controls or guidelines promulgated by any governmental entity relating to the use or conservation of energy, water, gas, light or electricity or the reduction of automobile or other emissions without creating any liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Lease.

 

7


8.3 A BATEMENT OF R ENT . In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, for three (3) consecutive business days or five (5) days in any twelve (12) month period (the “ Eligibility Period ”) as a result of any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord to the Premises after the Commencement Date and required by the Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, or any failure to provide services or access to the Premises due to Landlord’s default, then Tenant’s rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises. However, in the event that Tenant is prevented from conducting, and does not conduct, its business in any portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period, and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the rent for the entire Premises shall be abated; provided, however, if Tenant reoccupies and conducts its business from any portion of the Premises during such period, the rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date such business operations commence.

8.4. A LTERNATIVE U TILITY P ROVIDERS . If permitted by applicable laws, Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time during the term of this Lease to either contract for service from a different company or companies (each such company referred to as an “ Alternate Service Provider ”) other than the company or companies presently providing electrical service for the Project (the “ Electric Service Provider ”) or continue to contract for service from the Electric Service Provider, at Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord, the Electric Service Provider, and an Alternate Service Provider at all times and, as reasonably necessary, shall allow Landlord, the Electric Service Provider, and any Alternate Service Provider reasonable access to the Building’s electric lines, feeders, risers, wiring and any other machinery within the Premises.

9. R EAL AND P ERSONAL P ROPERTY T AXES .

9.1 P AYMENT OF T AXES . Tenant shall pay Real Property Taxes as part of Operating Expenses.

9.2 D EFINITION OF R EAL P ROPERTY T AX . As used herein, the term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, improvement bond or bonds imposed on the Project or any portion thereof by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage or other improvement district thereof, as against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Project or in any portion thereof. Real Property Taxes shall not include income, inheritance and gift taxes.

9.3 P ERSONAL P ROPERTY T AXES . Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or related to Tenant’s use of the Premises. If any of Tenant’s personal property shall be assessed with Landlord’s real or personal property, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the taxes attributable to Tenant within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement from Landlord setting forth the taxes applicable to Tenant’s property.

9.4 R EASSESSMENTS . From time to time Landlord may challenge the assessed value of the Project as determined by applicable taxing authorities and/or Landlord may attempt to cause the Real Property Taxes to be reduced on other grounds. If Landlord is successful in causing the Real Property Taxes to be reduced or in obtaining a refund, rebate, credit or similar benefit (hereinafter collectively referred to as a “ Reduction ”), Landlord shall, to the extent practicable, credit the Reduction(s) to Real Property Taxes for the calendar year to which a Reduction applies and recalculate the Real Property Taxes owed by Tenant for that year based on the reduced Real Property Taxes. All costs incurred by Landlord in connection with obtaining and/or processing the Real Property Tax reductions (e.g., consulting fees, accounting fees etc.) may be included in Operating Expenses or deducted from the Reduction. Landlord shall have the right to compensate a person or entity it employs to obtain a Reduction by giving such person or entity a percentage of any Reduction obtained.

10. I NSURANCE .

10.1 I NSURANCE -T ENANT .

(a) Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a commercial general liability policy of insurance with coverages acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, which, by way of example and not limitation, protects Tenant and Landlord (as an additional insured) against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing coverage in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and not less than $3,000,000 in the aggregate with an “Additional Insured-Managers and Landlords of Premises Endorsement” and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion” for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease.

 

8


(b) Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease “Causes of Loss – Special Form” extended coverage property insurance (previously known as “all risk” property insurance) with coverages acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Said insurance shall be written on a one hundred percent (100%) replacement cost basis on Tenant’s personal property, all tenant improvements installed at the Premises by Landlord or Tenant, Tenant’s trade fixtures and other property. By way of example, and not limitation, such policies shall provide protection against any peril included within the classification “fire and extended coverage,” against vandalism and malicious mischief, theft and sprinkler leakage. To the extent that Tenant’s policy covers tenant improvements to the Premises, Landlord shall be a loss payee on such policy.

(c) Intentionally deleted.

(d) Tenant shall, at all times during the term hereof, maintain the following insurance with coverages reasonably acceptable to Landlord: (i) workers’ compensation insurance as required by applicable law, (ii) employers liability insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence, (iii) automobile liability insurance for owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with limits of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence and (iv) business interruption and extra expense insurance.

10.2 I NSURANCE -L ANDLORD .

(a) Landlord shall obtain and keep in force a policy of general liability insurance with coverage against such risks and in such amounts as Landlord deems advisable insuring Landlord against liability arising out of the ownership, operation and management of the Project.

(b) Landlord shall also obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage to the Project in the amount of the replacement cost thereof (excluding foundations and similar items), as determined by Landlord from time to time. The terms and conditions of said policies, their deductibles and the perils and risks covered thereby shall be determined by Landlord, from time to time, in Landlord’s sole discretion. In addition, at Landlord’s option, Landlord shall obtain and keep in force, during the term of this Lease, a policy of rental interruption insurance, with loss payable to Landlord, which insurance shall, at Landlord’s option, also cover all Operating Expenses. Tenant will not be named as an additional insured in any insurance policies carried by Landlord and shall have no right to any proceeds therefrom. The policies purchased by Landlord shall contain such deductibles as Landlord may determine. Tenant shall pay at Tenant’s sole expense any increase in the property insurance premiums for the Project over what was payable immediately prior to the increase to the extent the increase is specified by Landlord’s insurance carrier as being caused by the nature of Tenant’s occupancy or any act or omission of Tenant.

10.3 I NSURANCE P OLICIES . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of the insurance policies required under Section 10.1 concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease using an ACORD 28 form or a similar form approved by Landlord. Tenant’s insurance policies shall not be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals thereof. Tenant’s insurance policies shall be issued by insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the Project is located, and said companies shall maintain during the policy term a “General Policyholder’s Rating” of at least A and a financial rating of at least “Class X” (or such other rating as may be required by any lender having a lien on the Project) as set forth in the most recent edition of “Best Insurance Reports.” All insurance obtained by Tenant shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Landlord, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only. Landlord, Landlord’s property manager and lender(s) shall be included as additional insureds under Tenant’s commercial general liability policy and under the Tenant’s excess or umbrella policy, if any, using ISO additional insured endorsement CG 20 11 or a substitute providing equivalent coverage. Tenant’s insurance policies shall not include deductibles in excess of $5,000.

10.4 W AIVER OF S UBROGATION . Landlord waives any and all rights of recovery against Tenant and Tenant’s employees and agents for or arising out of damage to, or destruction of, the Project to the extent that Landlord’s insurance policies then in force insure against such damage or destruction (or to the extent of what would have been covered had Landlord maintained the insurance required to be carried under this Lease) and permit such waiver. Tenant waives any and all rights of recovery against Landlord and Landlord’s employees and agents for or arising out of damage to, or destruction of, the Project to the extent that Tenant’s insurance policies then in force insure against such damage or destruction (or to the extent of what would have been covered had Tenant maintained the insurance required to be carried under this Lease) and permit such waiver. Tenant shall cause the insurance policies it obtains in accordance with Section 10.1 relating to property damage to provide that the insurance company waives all right of recovery by subrogation against Landlord in connection with any liability or damage covered by Tenant’s insurance policies. Landlord shall cause the insurance policies it obtains in accordance with Section 10.2 relating to property damage to provide that the insurance company waives all right of recovery by subrogation against Tenant in connection with any damage covered by such property insurance policies.

10.5 C OVERAGE . Landlord makes no representation to Tenant that the limits or forms of coverage specified above or approved by Landlord are adequate to insure Tenant’s property or Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and the limits of any insurance carried by Tenant shall not limit Tenant’s obligations or liability under any indemnity provision included in this Lease or under any other provision of this Lease.

 

9


11. L ANDLORD S   REPAIRS . Landlord shall maintain, at Landlord’s expense, only the structural elements of the roof of the Building (excluding the roof membrane), the structural soundness of the foundation of the Building and the structural elements of the exterior walls of the Building. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of any maintenance, repair or replacement of the foregoing necessitated by Tenant’s misuse, negligence, alterations to the Premises or any breach of its obligations under this Lease. By way of example, and not limitation, the term “ exterior walls ” as used in this section shall not include windows, glass or plate glass, doors or overhead doors, special store fronts, dock bumpers, dock plates or levelers, or office entries. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this section, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable time in which to complete the repair. Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to obligate Landlord to seal or otherwise maintain the surface of any foundation, floor or slab. Tenant expressly waives the benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Tenant the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or to terminate this Lease because of Landlord’s failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, if Tenant provides written notice to Landlord that an event or circumstance has occurred which requires Landlord to complete a repair at the Premises, and Landlord fails to begin taking the actions necessary to complete such repair within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice and to thereafter diligently proceed to complete such repair, then, Tenant shall have the right to give to Landlord a second written notice (the “ Second Notice ”). The Second Notice shall (a) describe the repair Landlord is obligated to complete and (b) state that Landlord’s failure to begin taking the actions necessary to complete such repair within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Second Notice shall entitle Tenant to make the repair pursuant to this section of the Lease. If Landlord does not begin taking the actions necessary to complete such repair within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Second Notice, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, Tenant may proceed to make the repair, and if such repair was required under the terms of the Lease to be made by Landlord, then Tenant shall be entitled to reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s reasonable costs and expenses in making such repair. If Landlord was obligated to perform such repair, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable cost of the repair within thirty (30) days after receiving reasonable evidence of the repair made, its cost and mechanics lien releases from all contractors making the repair. If Tenant makes a repair, and such repair will affect the Building’s life/safety system, HVAC system, electrical system, plumbing system, or the structural integrity of the Building, Tenant shall utilize the services of the contractors used by Landlord to provide such services or, if Tenant is unable to determine which contractors Landlord uses to provide such services after diligent inquiry, a qualified, experienced and solvent contractor that regularly performs similar work in similar buildings in the area in which the Building is located. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Tenant the right to take any action or to make any repair in any Common Area or the right to modify the structure, layout or design of the Building. In addition, Tenant shall not have the right to make any repair pursuant to this section, unless such repair is necessary to remedy a problem which substantially and adversely effects Tenant’s use of the Premises. All repairs made by Tenant shall be made in accordance with all applicable laws, and Landlord shall not be responsible for any defective work performed by Tenant or contractors hired by Tenant. Tenant shall pay all costs incurred with respect to any actions or repairs made by Tenant and shall pay all claims for labor and materials furnished to Tenant as and when due.

12. T ENANT S   REPAIRS .

12.1 O BLIGATIONS OF T ENANT . Subject to Section 12.2 and 12.4 below, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep and maintain all parts of the Premises (except those listed as Landlord’s responsibility in Section 11 above) in good and sanitary condition, promptly making all necessary repairs and replacements, including but not limited to, windows, glass and plate glass, doors, skylights, roof membranes, any special store front or office entry, walls and finish work, floors and floor coverings, heating and air conditioning systems, dock boards, bumpers, plates, seals, levelers and lights, plumbing work and fixtures (including periodic backflow testing), electrical systems, lighting facilities and bulbs, sprinkler systems, alarm systems, fire detection systems, termite and pest extermination, sidewalks, landscaped areas, fencing, tenant signage and regular removal of trash and debris. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing prior to making any repair or performing any maintenance pursuant to this section, and Landlord shall have the right to designate the contractor Tenant shall use to make any repair or to perform any maintenance on the roof, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems (“ HVAC ”), plumbing systems, electrical systems, sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems or fire detection systems located at the Premises. Tenant shall not paint or otherwise change the exterior appearance of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. The cost of maintenance and repair of any common party wall (any wall, divider, partition or any other structure separating the Premises from any adjacent premises occupied by other tenants) shall be shared equally by Tenant and the tenant occupying the adjacent premises; provided, however, if Tenant damages a party wall the entire cost of the repair shall be paid by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense. Tenant shall not damage any party wall or disturb the integrity and support provided by any party wall. If Tenant fails to keep the Premises in good condition and repair, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any necessary repairs. If Landlord makes such repairs, Landlord may bill Tenant for the cost of the repairs as additional rent, and said additional rent shall be payable by Tenant within ten (10) days after demand by Landlord.

12.2 P ERFORMANCE OF W ORK BY L ANDLORD . Notwithstanding Tenant’s obligation to keep the roof membranes, HVAC units, sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems, fire detection systems and exterior walls of the Premises in good condition and repair, Landlord shall employ contractors to perform all repairs, maintenance and replacements of the roof membranes, HVAC units, sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems, fire detection systems and exterior walls of the Premises. The items described in the previous sentence that Landlord will cause to be repaired, maintained and replaced are hereinafter referred to as the “ Landlord Maintenance Items .” Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as additional rent for all costs Landlord incurs in performing the Landlord Maintenance Items within ten (10) days after written demand by Landlord. Landlord shall determine in its sole discretion the scope and timing of the performance of such Landlord Maintenance Items, and Tenant shall not perform such Landlord Maintenance Items. Landlord’s maintenance of the exterior walls of the Premises shall include the right, but not the

 

10


obligation, of Landlord to paint from time to time all or some of the exterior walls, canopies, doors, windows, gutters, handrails and other exterior parts of the Premises with colors selected by Landlord, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as provided above for all costs incurred by Landlord in painting such items. If the Premises contains landscaped areas (“ Landscaped Areas ”), Landlord shall maintain the Landscaped Areas, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in maintaining the Landscaped Areas within ten (10) days after written demand by Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall have the right to estimate the monthly cost of maintaining the Landscaped Areas, and Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord as additional rent each month at the same time Tenant pays Base Rent. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of any repair or maintenance required by Landlord pursuant to this section, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable time in which to complete such repair or maintenance. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to include the cost of Landlord Maintenance Items and the cost of the maintenance of Landscaped Areas in Operating Expenses, and Tenant shall then pay Tenant’s Percentage Share of such costs as determined by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right at any time, and from time to time, to elect upon written notice to Tenant to have Tenant perform some or all of the Landlord Maintenance Items and/or the maintenance of the Landscaped Areas, in which event Tenant shall employ contractors designated by Landlord to perform such work and shall pay for all such work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, all in accordance with the requirements of Section 12.1.

12.3 M AINTENANCE C ONTRACTS . Landlord shall enter into regularly scheduled preventative maintenance/service contracts for some or all of the following: the HVAC units servicing the Premises, the sprinkler, fire alarm and fire detection systems servicing the Premises, backflow testing for the plumbing servicing the Premises and for the roof membrane of the Premises (the “ Maintenance Contracts ”). The Maintenance Contracts shall include maintenance services satisfactory to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of the Maintenance Contracts within ten (10) days after written demand by Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall have the right to estimate the monthly cost of the Maintenance Contracts, and Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord as additional rent each month at the same time Tenant pays Base Rent. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to include the cost of Maintenance Contracts in Operating Expenses, and Tenant shall then pay Tenant’s Percentage Share of such costs as determined by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right at any time, and from time to time, to elect upon written notice to Tenant to have Tenant purchase some or all of the Maintenance Contracts, in which event Tenant shall purchase such contracts from persons designated or approved by Landlord and shall pay for such Maintenance Contracts at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

12.4 R EPAIR AND R EPLACEMENT OF HVAC U NITS .

(a) E XISTING HVAC U NITS . The HVAC units servicing the Premises as of the date this Lease is executed by Landlord and Tenant are hereinafter referred to as the “ Existing HVAC Units ”.

(b) R EPAIR OF E XISTING HVAC U NITS . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 12.1 and 12.2, to the extent that any single cost of repairing an Existing HVAC Unit exceeds $300.00, Landlord shall pay the cost of the repair at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Any single repair cost that is less than $300.00 shall be paid by Tenant as provided in Sections 12.1 and 12.2. Notwithstanding the forgoing, any repairs necessitated by Tenant’s negligence or misuse shall be paid entirely by Tenant. Section 12.3 shall apply to the maintenance of the Existing HVAC Units.

(c) R EPLACEMENT OF E XISTING HVAC U NITS . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 12.1 and 12.2, if it is necessary to replace any Existing HVAC Unit, and such replacement is not due to Tenant’s negligence or misuse, Landlord shall replace the Existing HVAC Unit at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and Tenant shall have no obligation pursuant to Sections 12.1 and 12.2 to reimburse Landlord for any portion of the replacement cost.

(d) N EW HVAC U NITS . If an Existing HVAC Unit is replaced by Landlord with a new HVAC unit (hereinafter a “ New HVAC Unit ”), the cost of maintaining, repairing and if necessary replacing the New HVAC Unit shall be paid by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense as provided in Section 12.1, 12.2 and 12.3.

13. A LTERATIONS AND S URRENDER .

13.1 C ONSENT OF L ANDLORD . Tenant shall have the right, subject to Landlord’s reasonable requirements relating to construction at the Project, upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord, to make alterations (“ Permitted Alterations ”) to the inside of the Premises (e.g., paint and carpet, communication systems, telephone and computer system wiring) that do not (i) involve the expenditure of more than $5,000, (ii) affect the exterior appearance of the Building or the roof, (iii) affect the Building’s electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life, fire safety or similar Building systems or the structural elements of the Building, (iv) affect the Common Areas or parking areas or (v) materially adversely affect any other tenant of the Project. Except with respect to Permitted Alterations, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, make any alterations, improvements, additions, utility installations or repairs (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Non-Permitted Alterations ”) in, on or about the Premises or the Project. References in this Lease to “ Alterations ” shall mean both Permitted Alterations and Non-Permitted Alterations. At the expiration of the term, Landlord may require the removal of any Alterations installed by Tenant and the restoration of the Premises and the Project to their prior condition, at Tenant’s expense. If, as a result of any Alteration made by Tenant, Landlord is obligated to comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act or any other law or regulation, and such compliance requires Landlord to make any improvement or Alteration to any portion of the Project, as a condition to Landlord’s consent, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to pay to Landlord prior to the construction of any Alteration by Tenant the entire cost of any improvement or alteration Landlord is obligated to complete by

 

11


such law or regulation. Should Landlord permit Tenant to make its own Alterations, Tenant shall use only such architect and contractor as has been expressly approved by Landlord, and Landlord may require Tenant to provide to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alterations, to insure Landlord against any liability for mechanic’s and materialmen’s liens and to insure completion of the work. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to three percent (3%) of the cost of the Alterations to compensate Landlord for the overhead and other costs it incurs in reviewing the plans for the Alterations and in monitoring the construction of the Alterations (the “ Landlord Fee ”). If Landlord incurs architectural, engineering or other consultants fees in evaluating such Alterations, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for these fees in addition to the Landlord Fee. If Tenant proposes Alterations to Landlord but subsequently elects not to construct the Alterations, and Landlord has incurred costs in reviewing Tenant’s proposed Alterations (e.g., architect’s, engineer’s or property management fees), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs incurred by Landlord within ten (10) days after written demand. Should Tenant make any Alterations without the prior approval of Landlord, or use a contractor not expressly approved by Landlord, Landlord may, at any time during the term of this Lease, require that Tenant remove all or part of the Alterations and return the Premises to the condition it was in prior to the making of the Alterations. In the event Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees to obtain or cause its contractor to obtain, prior to the commencement of any work, “builders all risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord, workers compensation insurance and any other insurance requested by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion.

13.2 P ERMITS . Any Alterations in or about the Premises that Tenant shall desire to make which require a building permit shall be presented to Landlord in written form, with plans and specifications which are sufficiently detailed to obtain a building permit. If Landlord consents to an Alteration, the consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Tenant acquiring any required building permit from the applicable governmental agencies, furnishing a copy thereof to Landlord prior to the commencement of the work, and compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said permit in a prompt and expeditious manner. Tenant shall provide Landlord with as-built plans and specifications for any Alterations made to the Premises.

13.3 M ECHANICS L IENS . Tenant shall pay, when due, or timely contest, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Tenant at or for use in the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or the Project, or any interest therein. If Tenant shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a surety bond satisfactory to Landlord in an amount equal to not less than one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien claim indemnifying Landlord against liability arising out of such lien or claim. Such bond shall be sufficient in form and amount to free the Project from the effect of such lien. In addition, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred as a result of any such lien.

13.4 N OTICE . Tenant shall give Landlord not less than ten (10) days’ advance written notice prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises by Tenant, and Landlord shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises or the Project.

13.5 S URRENDER . Subject to Landlord’s right to require removal or to elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises shall be the property of Tenant, but shall be considered to be a part of the Premises. Unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of its election not to become the owner of the Alterations at the end of the term of this Lease, the Alterations shall become the property of Landlord at the end of the term of this Lease. Landlord may require, on notice to Tenant, that some or all Alterations be removed prior to the end of the term of this Lease and that any damages caused by such removal be repaired at Tenant’s sole expense. On the last day of the term hereof, or on any sooner termination, Tenant shall surrender the Premises (including, but not limited to, all doors, windows, floors and floor coverings, skylights, heating and air conditioning systems, dock boards, truck doors, dock bumpers, plumbing work and fixtures, electrical systems, lighting facilities, sprinkler systems, fire detection systems and nonstructural elements of the exterior walls, foundation and roof (collectively the “ Elements of the Premises ”)) to Landlord in the same condition as received, ordinary wear and tear and casualty damage excepted, clean and free of debris and Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures and equipment. Tenant’s personal property shall include all computer wiring and cabling installed by Tenant. Provided, however, if Landlord has not elected to have Tenant remove the Alterations, Tenant shall leave the Alterations at the Premises in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises occasioned by the installation or removal of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings and equipment. Damage to or deterioration of any Element of the Premises or any other item Tenant is required to repair or maintain at the Premises shall not be deemed ordinary wear and tear if the same could have been prevented by good maintenance practices. If the Premises are not surrendered at the expiration of the term or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with the provisions of this section, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for the payment of Base Rent and all other amounts due under this Lease until the Premises are so surrendered in accordance with said provisions. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all damages, expenses, costs, losses or liabilities arising from any delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any damages, expenses, costs, losses or liabilities arising from any claim against Landlord made by any succeeding tenant or prospective tenant founded on or resulting from such delay and losses and damages suffered by Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease any portion of the Premises to any such succeeding tenant or prospective tenant, together with, in each case, actual attorneys’ fees and costs.

13.6 F AILURE OF T ENANT TO R EMOVE P ROPERTY . If this Lease is terminated due to the expiration of its term or otherwise, and Tenant fails to remove its property, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, and subject to any other right or remedy Landlord may have under applicable law, Landlord may remove any property of Tenant from the Premises and store the same elsewhere at the expense and risk of Tenant.

 

12


14. D AMAGE AND D ESTRUCTION .

14.1 E FFECT OF D AMAGE OR D ESTRUCTION . If all or part of the Project is damaged by fire, earthquake, flood, explosion, the elements, riot, the release or existence of Hazardous Materials (as defined below) or by any other cause whatsoever (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Damages ”), but the Damages are not material (as defined in Section 14.2 below), Landlord shall repair the Damages to the Project as soon as is reasonably possible, and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If all or part of the Project is destroyed or materially damaged (as defined in Section 14.2 below), Landlord shall have the right, in its sole and complete discretion, to repair or to rebuild the Project or to terminate this Lease. Landlord shall within one hundred twenty (120) days after the discovery of such material damage or destruction notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s intention to repair or to rebuild or to terminate this Lease. Tenant shall in no event be entitled to compensation or damages on account of annoyance or inconvenience in making any repairs, or on account of construction, or on account of Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord shall elect to rebuild or repair the Project after material damage or destruction, but in good faith determines that the Premises cannot be substantially repaired within three hundred sixty (360) days after the date of the discovery of the material damage or destruction, without payment of overtime or other premiums, and the damage to the Project will render the entire Premises unusable during said three hundred sixty (360) day period, Landlord shall notify Tenant thereof in writing at the time of Landlord’s election to rebuild or repair, and Tenant shall thereafter have a period of fifteen (15) days within which Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease, upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Landlord. Tenant’s termination right described in the preceding sentence shall not apply if the damage was caused by the negligent or intentional acts of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees. Failure of Tenant to exercise said election within said fifteen (15) day period shall constitute Tenant’s agreement to accept delivery of the Premises under this Lease whenever tendered by Landlord, provided Landlord thereafter pursues reconstruction or restoration diligently to completion, subject to delays caused by Force Majeure Events. If Landlord is unable to repair the damage to the Premises or the Project during such three hundred sixty (360) day period due to Force Majeure Events, the three hundred sixty (360) day period shall be extended by the period of delay caused by the Force Majeure Events. Subject to Section 14.3 below, if Landlord or Tenant terminates this Lease in accordance with this Section 14.1, Tenant shall continue to pay all Base Rent, Operating Expenses and other amounts due hereunder which arise prior to the date of termination.

14.2 D EFINITION OF M ATERIAL D AMAGE . Damage to the Project shall be deemed material if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the uninsured cost of repairing the damage will exceed $25,000. If insurance proceeds are available to Landlord in an amount which is sufficient to pay the entire cost of repairing all of the damage to the Project, the damage shall be deemed material if the cost of repairing the damage exceeds $100,000. Damage to the Project shall also be deemed material if (a) the Project cannot be rebuilt or repaired to substantially the same condition it was in prior to the damage due to laws or regulations in effect at the time the repairs will be made, (b) the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Project requires that insurance proceeds available to repair the damage in excess of $25,000 be applied to the repayment of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage or the deed of trust, or (c) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease term.

14.3 A BATEMENT OF R ENT . In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, for five (5) consecutive business days (the “ Eligibility Period ”) as a result of damage to the Premises, and the damage was not caused by the negligence or intentional acts of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees, then Tenant’s Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises.

14.4 Intentionally deleted.

14.5 T ENANT S P ROPERTY . Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or customers for loss or damage to merchandise, tenant improvements, fixtures, automobiles, furniture, equipment, computers, files or other property (hereinafter collectively “ Tenant’s property ”) located at the Project. Tenant shall repair or replace all of Tenant’s property at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant acknowledges that it is Tenant’s sole responsibility to obtain adequate insurance coverage to compensate Tenant for damage to Tenant’s property.

14.6 W AIVER . Landlord and Tenant hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statutes which relate to the termination of leases when leased property is damaged or destroyed and agree that such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.

15. C ONDEMNATION . If any portion of the Premises or the Project are taken under the power of eminent domain, or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (all of which are herein called “ condemnation ”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs; provided that if so much of the Premises or Project are taken by such condemnation as would substantially and adversely affect the operation and profitability of Tenant’s business conducted from the Premises, and said taking lasts for ninety (90) days or more, Tenant shall have the option, to be exercised only in writing within thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within thirty (30) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession), to terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If a taking lasts for less than ninety (90) days, Tenant’s rent shall be abated during said period but Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease. If Tenant does not terminate

 

13


this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the proportion that the usable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total usable floor area of the Premises. Common Areas taken shall be excluded from the Common Areas usable by Tenant and no reduction of rent shall occur with respect thereto or by reason thereof. Landlord shall have the option in its sole discretion to terminate this Lease as of the taking of possession by the condemning authority, by giving written notice to Tenant of such election within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of a taking by condemnation of any part of the Premises or the Project. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises or the Project under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Landlord, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, for good will, for the taking of the fee, as severance damages, or as damages for tenant improvements; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to any separate award for loss of or damage to Tenant’s removable personal property and for moving expenses. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, and subject to the requirements of any lender that has made a loan to Landlord encumbering the Project, Landlord shall to the extent of severance damages received by Landlord in connection with such condemnation, repair any damage to the Project caused by such condemnation except to the extent that Tenant has been reimbursed therefor by the condemning authority. This section, not general principles of law or California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1230.010 et seq. , shall govern the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the condemnation of all or any portion of the Project.

16. A SSIGNMENT AND S UBLETTING .

16.1 L ANDLORD S C ONSENT R EQUIRED . Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, hypothecate, mortgage, sublet, or otherwise transfer or encumber all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises (hereinafter collectively a “ Transfer ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s written request for consent hereunder within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the written request from Tenant. Any attempted Transfer without such consent shall be void and shall constitute a default and breach of this Lease. Tenant’s written request for Landlord’s consent shall include, and Landlord’s thirty (30) day response period referred to above shall not commence, unless and until Landlord has received from Tenant, all of the following information: (a) financial statements for the proposed assignee or subtenant prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for the lesser of (i) the past three (3) years or (ii) the time period the assignee or subtenant has been in existence, (b) federal tax returns for the proposed assignee or subtenant for the lesser of (i) the past three (3) years or (ii) the time period the assignee or subtenant has been in existence, (c) a TRW credit report or similar report on the proposed assignee or subtenant, (d) a detailed description of the business the assignee or subtenant intends to operate at the Premises, (e) the proposed effective date of the assignment or sublease, (f) a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment agreement which includes all of the terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, (g) a detailed description of any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or subtenant, (h) a detailed description of any Alterations the proposed assignee or subtenant desires to make to the Premises, and (i) a Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto (the “ Transferee HazMat Certificate ”). If the obligations of the proposed assignee or subtenant will be guaranteed by any person or entity, Tenant’s written request shall not be considered complete until the information described in (a), (b) and (c) of the previous sentence has been provided with respect to each proposed guarantor. “ Transfer ” shall also include the transfer (a) if Tenant is a corporation, and Tenant’s stock is not publicly traded over a recognized securities exchange, of more than twenty five percent (25%) of the voting stock of such corporation during the term of this Lease (whether or not in one or more transfers) or the dissolution, merger or liquidation of the corporation, or (b) if Tenant is a partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other entity, of more than twenty five percent (25%) of the profit and loss participation in such partnership or entity during the term of this Lease (whether or not in one or more transfers) or the dissolution, merger or liquidation of the partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other entity. If Tenant is a limited or general partnership (or is comprised of two or more persons, individually or as co-partners), Tenant shall not be entitled to change or convert to (i) a limited liability company, (ii) a limited liability partnership or (iii) any other entity which possesses the characteristics of limited liability without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. If Landlord shall exercise any option to recapture the Premises, or shall deny a request for consent to a proposed assignment or sublease, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or subtenant, or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.

16.2 Intentionally deleted.

16.3 S TANDARD F OR A PPROVAL . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a Transfer provided that Tenant has complied with each and every requirement, term and condition of this Section 16. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that each requirement, term and condition in this Section 16 is a reasonable requirement, term or condition. It shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a Transfer if any requirement, term or condition of this Section 16 is not complied with or: (a) the Transfer would cause Landlord to be in violation of its obligations under another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party; (b) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, a proposed assignee or subtenant has a smaller net worth than Tenant had on the date this Lease was entered into with Tenant or is less able financially to pay the rents due under this Lease as and when they are due and payable; (c) a proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s business will impose a burden on the Project’s parking facilities, Common Areas or utilities that is greater than the burden imposed by Tenant, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment; (d) the terms of a proposed assignment or subletting will allow the proposed assignee or subtenant to

 

14


exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, right of first refusal or similar right held by Tenant; (e) a proposed assignee or subtenant refuses to enter into a written assignment agreement or sublease, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, which provides that it will abide by and assume all of the terms and conditions of this Lease for the term of any assignment or sublease and containing such other terms and conditions as Landlord reasonably deems necessary; (f) the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant is not permitted by this Lease; (g) any guarantor of this Lease refuses to consent to the Transfer or to execute a written agreement reaffirming the guaranty; (h) Tenant is in default as defined in Section 17 at the time of the request; (i) if requested by Landlord, the assignee or subtenant refuses to sign a non-disturbance and attornment agreement in favor of Landlord’s lender; (j) Landlord has sued or been sued by the proposed assignee or subtenant or has otherwise been involved in a legal dispute with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (k) the assignee or subtenant is involved in a business which is not in keeping with the then-current standards of the Project; (l) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an existing tenant of the Project or is a person or entity then negotiating with Landlord for the lease of space in the Project; (m) the assignment or sublease will result in there being more than one subtenant of the Premises; (n) the assignee or subtenant is a governmental or quasi-governmental entity or an agency, department or instrumentality of a governmental or quasi-governmental agency; (o) the assignee or subtenant will use, store or handle Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises of a type, nature, quantity not acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion or (p) the assignee or subtenant is a person or entity to whom Landlord has agreed not to lease space in the Project pursuant to a lease with another tenant.

16.4 A DDITIONAL T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS . The following terms and conditions shall be applicable to any Transfer:

(a) Regardless of Landlord’s consent, no Transfer shall release Tenant from Tenant’s obligations hereunder or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay the rent and other sums due Landlord hereunder and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder or release any guarantor from its obligations under its guaranty.

(b) Landlord may accept rent from any person other than Tenant pending approval or disapproval of an assignment or subletting.

(c) Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of a Transfer, nor the acceptance of rent, shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Landlord’s right to exercise its rights and remedies for the breach of any of the terms or conditions of this Section 16.

(d) The consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent Transfer by Tenant or to any subsequent or successive Transfer by an assignee or subtenant. However, Landlord may consent to subsequent Transfers or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Tenant or anyone else liable on the Lease and without obtaining their consent, and such action shall not relieve such persons from liability under this Lease.

(e) In the event of any default under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant, any guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of this Lease, including any subtenant or assignee, without first exhausting Landlord’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Landlord, or any security held by Landlord.

(f) Landlord’s written consent to any Transfer by Tenant shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no default then exists under this Lease nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then-existing default.

(g) The discovery of the fact that any financial statement relied upon by Landlord in giving its consent to an assignment or subletting was materially false shall, at Landlord’s election, render Landlord’s consent null and void.

(h) Landlord shall not be liable under this Lease or under any sublease to any subtenant.

(i) No assignment or sublease may be modified or amended without Landlord’s prior written consent.

(j) Intentionally deleted.

(k) Any assignee of, or subtenant under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed, for the benefit of Landlord, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Tenant during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Landlord has specifically consented in writing.

(l) At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, Landlord’s standard consent to assignment or consent to sublease agreement, as applicable, executed by Tenant, the assignee and the subtenant, as applicable.

16.5 A DDITIONAL T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS A PPLICABLE TO S UBLETTING . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Tenant of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

 

15


(a) Tenant hereby absolutely and unconditionally assigns and transfers to Landlord all of Tenant’s interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease entered into by Tenant, and Landlord may collect such rent and income and apply same toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a default shall occur in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant may receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. Landlord shall not, by reason of this or any other assignment of such rents to Landlord nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a subtenant, be deemed to have assumed or recognized any sublease or to be liable to the subtenant for any failure of Tenant to perform and comply with any of Tenant’s obligations to such subtenant under such sublease, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligation to return any security deposit. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such subtenant, upon receipt of a written notice from Landlord stating that a default exists in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Landlord the rents due as they become due under the sublease. Tenant agrees that such subtenant shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from Landlord, and that such subtenant shall pay such rents to Landlord without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such default exists and notwithstanding any notice or claim from Tenant to the contrary.

(b) In the event Tenant shall default in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord, at its option and without any obligation to do so, may require any subtenant to attorn to Landlord, in which event Landlord shall undertake the obligations of Tenant under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the termination of such sublease; provided, however, Landlord shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such subtenant to Tenant or for any other prior defaults of Tenant under such sublease.

16.6 T RANSFER P REMIUM FROM A SSIGNMENT OR S UBLETTING . Landlord shall be entitled to receive from Tenant (as and when received by Tenant) as an item of additional rent one-half of all amounts received by Tenant from the subtenant or assignee in excess of the amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (the “ Transfer Premium ”). The Transfer Premium shall be reduced by the reasonable brokerage commissions, tenant improvement costs and legal fees actually paid by Tenant in order to assign the Lease or to sublet all or a portion of the Premises. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all Base Rent, additional rent or other consideration of any type whatsoever payable by the assignee or subtenant in excess of the Base Rent and additional rent payable by Tenant under this Lease. If less than all of the Premises is subleased, for purposes of calculating the Transfer Premium, the Base Rent and the additional rent due under this Lease shall be allocated to the subleased premises on a per-leasable-square-foot basis (e.g., if one-half of the Premises is subleased, for purposes of determining the amount of the Transfer Premium, one-half of the Base Rent and additional rent due under this Lease would be allocated to the subleased premises, and this amount would be subtracted from the base rent, additional rent and other monies payable to Tenant under the sublease). “ Transfer Premium ” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by the assignee or subtenant to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair-market value for services rendered by Tenant to the assignee or subtenant or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment or furniture transferred by Tenant to the assignee or subtenant in connection with such Transfer. Landlord and Tenant agree that the foregoing Transfer Premium is reasonable.

16.7 Intentionally deleted.

16.8 L ANDLORD S E XPENSES . In the event Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or request the consent of Landlord to any Transfer, then Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, attorneys’, architects’, accountants’, engineers’ or other consultants’ fees; provided, however, Landlord shall not be entitled to recover more than $1,500.00 of attorneys’ fees with respect to any one Transfer.

16.9 A SSIGNMENT AND S UBLEASING – A FFILIATED E NTITY . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 16, an assignment of the Lease or sublease of all or any portion of the Premises to any entity which controls or is controlled by Tenant or which acquires all or substantially all of the assets or stock of Tenant or which is the surviving entity resulting from a merger or consolidation of Tenant (in each such case, an “ Affiliate ”), shall not require Landlord’s consent under Section 16.1, provided that at least fifteen (15) days prior to such assignment or sublease (i) Tenant provides Landlord with reasonable evidence that any such entity maintains annual revenues sufficient to meet the financial obligations hereunder; (ii) Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of any such assignment or sublease and provides Landlord with evidence that such assignment or sublease is a Transfer permitted by this section; (iii) prior to the date an assignment will take effect, the assignee and Tenant shall provide to Landlord a written agreement in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Landlord in which the assignee assumes all of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease for the benefit of Landlord (the “ Transfer Agreement ”), and (iv) subject to the limitation set forth in Section 16.8 of the Lease, Tenant shall pay the reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by Landlord in confirming that the assignment or sublease meets the requirements of this section and in preparing any Transfer Agreement. Whether or not an assignment or sublease to an Affiliate is made pursuant to the terms of this section, Tenant shall not be relieved of its obligations under this Lease. Sections 16.6 and 16.7 of the Lease shall not apply to assignments or subleases to Affiliates.

17. D EFAULT ; R EMEDIES .

17.1 D EFAULT BY T ENANT . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the occurrence of any one or more of the following events is a default by Tenant under this Lease and that said default shall give Landlord the rights described in Section 17.2.

 

16


Landlord or Landlord’s authorized agent shall have the right to execute and to deliver any notice of default, notice to pay rent or quit or any other notice Landlord gives Tenant.

(a) Tenant’s failure to make any payment of Base Rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant. In the event that Landlord serves Tenant with a notice to pay rent or quit pursuant to applicable unlawful detainer statutes, such notice shall also constitute the notice required by this Section 17.1(a).

(b) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant coupled with the nonpayment of rent, in which event Landlord shall not be obligated to give any notice of default to Tenant.

(c) The failure of Tenant to comply with any of its obligations under Sections 25 and 26 where Tenant fails to comply with its obligations or fails to cure any earlier breach of such obligation within ten (10) days following written notice from Landlord to Tenant. In the event Landlord serves Tenant with a notice to quit or any other notice pursuant to applicable unlawful detainer statutes, said notice shall also constitute the notice required by this Section 17.1(c).

(d) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant (other than those referenced in Sections 17.1(a), (b) and (c), above), where such failure shall continue for a period of fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s nonperformance is such that more than fifteen (15) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said fifteen (15) day period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion. In the event that Landlord serves Tenant with a notice to quit or any other notice pursuant to applicable unlawful detainer statutes, said notice shall also constitute the notice required by this Section 17.1(d).

(e) (i) The making by Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder of any general arrangement or general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Tenant or any guarantor becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant or guarantor, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; or (v) the insolvency of Tenant. In the event that any provision of this Section 17.1(e) is unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect.

(f) The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement, representation or warranty given to Landlord by Tenant, or by any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, was materially false at the time given. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has entered into this Lease in material reliance on such information.

(g) If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity, the dissolution or liquidation of Tenant.

17.2 R EMEDIES .

(a) In the event of any default or breach of this Lease by Tenant, Landlord may, at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand, and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy which Landlord may have by reason of such default:

(i) terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. If Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord may recover from Tenant (A) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (B) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (C) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; and (D) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under the Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of releasing, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, any real estate commissions actually paid by Landlord and the unamortized value of any free rent, reduced rent, tenant improvement allowance or other economic concessions provided by Landlord. The “worth at time of award” of the amounts referred to in Section 17.2(a)(i)(A) and (B) shall be computed by allowing interest at the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in Section 17.2(a)(i)(C) shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). For purposes of this Section 17.2(a)(i), “rent” shall be deemed to be all monetary obligations required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

17


(ii) maintain Tenant’s right of possession, in which event Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 which permits Landlord to continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due. In the event Landlord elects to continue this Lease in effect, Tenant shall have the right to sublet the Premises or assign Tenant’s interest in the Lease subject to the reasonable requirements contained in Section 16 of this Lease and provided further that Landlord shall not require compliance with any standard or condition contained in Section 16 that has become unreasonable at the time Tenant seeks to sublet or assign the Premises pursuant to this Section 17.2(a)(ii).

(iii) collect sublease rents (or appoint a receiver to collect such rent) and otherwise perform Tenant’s obligations at the Premises, it being agreed, however, that the appointment of a receiver for Tenant shall not constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease.

(iv) pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord under the laws or judicial decisions of the state in which the Premises are located.

(b) No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive, but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term of the Lease or by reason of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.

(c) If Tenant abandons the Premises, Landlord may re-enter the Premises, and such re-entry shall not be deemed to constitute Landlord’s election to accept a surrender of the Premises or to otherwise relieve Tenant from liability for its breach of this Lease. No surrender of the Premises shall be effective against Landlord unless Landlord has entered into a written agreement with Tenant in which Landlord expressly agrees to (i) accept a surrender of the Premises and (ii) relieve Tenant of liability under the Lease. The delivery by Tenant to Landlord of possession of the Premises shall not constitute the termination of the Lease or the surrender of the Premises.

17.3 D EFAULT BY L ANDLORD . Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord, specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligation; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its cure, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Tenant hereby waives its right to recover consequential damages (including, but not limited to, lost profits) or punitive damages arising out of a Landlord default. This Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall not be affected or impaired because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or is delayed in doing so, if such inability or delay is caused by reason of a Force Majeure Event, and the time for Landlord’s performance shall be extended for the period of any such delay.

17.4 L ATE C HARGES . Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Base Rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses or other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed encumbering the Project. Accordingly, if any installment of Base Rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord when such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice or demand to Tenant, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of such late charge by Landlord shall in no event constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, including the assessment of interest under Section 17.5.

17.5 I NTEREST ON P AST -D UE O BLIGATIONS . Except as expressly herein provided, any amount due to Landlord that is not paid when due shall bear interest at the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by applicable law. Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that interest shall not be payable on late charges incurred by Tenant nor on any amounts upon which late charges are paid by Tenant.

17.6 P AYMENT OF R ENT AND S ECURITY D EPOSIT AFTER D EFAULT . If Tenant fails to pay Base Rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses, parking charges or any other monetary obligation due hereunder on the date it is due, after Tenant’s third failure to pay any monetary obligation on the date it is due, at Landlord’s option, all monetary obligations of Tenant hereunder shall thereafter be paid by cashier’s check, and Tenant shall, upon demand, provide Landlord with an additional security deposit equal to three (3) months’ Base Rent. If Landlord has required Tenant to make said payments by cashier’s check or to provide an additional security deposit, Tenant’s failure to make a payment by cashier’s check or to provide the additional security deposit shall be a default hereunder.

18. L ANDLORD S R IGHT TO C URE D EFAULT ; P AYMENTS BY T ENANT . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of rent. If Tenant shall fail to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, after fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s behalf without waiving its rights

 

18


based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefore, an amount equal to the expenditures reasonably made by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of this section.

19. I NDEMNITY . Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and its employees, partners, agents, property managers, contractors, lenders and ground lessors (said persons and entities are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Indemnified Parties” or “Landlord Parties ”) from and against any and all liability, loss, cost, damage, claims, loss of rents, liens, judgments, penalties, fines, settlement costs, investigation costs, cost of consultants and experts, attorneys fees, court costs and other legal expenses, effects of environmental contamination, cost of environmental testing, removal, remediation and/or abatement of Hazardous Materials (as said term are defined below), insurance policy deductibles and other expenses (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Damages ”) arising out of or related to an Indemnified Matter (as defined below). For purposes of this section, an “ Indemnified Matter ” shall mean any matter for which one or more of the Indemnified Parties incurs liability or Damages if the liability or Damages arise out of or involve, directly or indirectly, (a) Tenant’s or its employees’, agents’, contractors’ or invitees’ (all of said persons or entities are hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Tenant Parties ”) use or occupancy of the Premises or the Project, (b) any act, omission or neglect of a Tenant Party, (c) Tenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Lease, (d) the existence, use or disposal of any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) brought on to the project by a Tenant Party or (e) any other matters for which Tenant has agreed to indemnify Landlord pursuant to any other provision of this Lease. Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall include, but shall not be limited to (f) compensating the Indemnified Parties for Damages arising out of Indemnified Matters within ten (10) days after written demand from an Indemnified Party and (g) providing a defense, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, at Tenant’s sole expense, within ten (10) days after written demand from the Indemnified Party, of any claims, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to an Indemnified Matter whether or not litigated or reduced to judgment and whether or not well founded. If Tenant is obligated to compensate an Indemnified Party for Damages arising out of an Indemnified Matter, Landlord shall have the immediate and unconditional right, but not the obligation, without notice or demand to Tenant, to pay the damages, and Tenant shall, upon ten (10) days’ advance written notice from Landlord, reimburse Landlord for the costs incurred by Landlord. By way of example, and not limitation, Landlord shall have the immediate and unconditional right to cause any damages to the Common Areas, another tenant’s premises or to any other part of the Project to be repaired and to compensate other tenants of the Project or other persons or entities for Damages arising out of an Indemnified Matter. The Indemnified Parties need not first pay any Damages to be indemnified hereunder. Tenant’s obligations under this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease unless specifically waived in writing by Landlord after said expiration or termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this section, Tenant shall not be obligated to indemnify an Indemnified Party from liability to the extent such liability arises out of the Indemnified Party’s negligence. Notwithstanding the forgoing, Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from any loss, cost, liability, damage or expense (collectively “ Claims ”) Tenant may incur to any person or entity resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents or employees in connection with Landlord’s activities at the Project. Nothing contained in this Section 19 shall relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to the provisions of the Lease to the extent that such policies cover the results of such acts or conduct. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the foregoing indemnity by Landlord obligate Landlord to compensate Tenant for consequential damages, lost profits or punitive damages.

20. E XEMPTION OF L ANDLORD FROM L IABILITY . Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord Parties shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom or for loss of or damage to the merchandise, tenant improvements, fixtures, furniture, equipment, computers, files, automobiles, or other property of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees, or any other person in or about the Project, nor shall Landlord Parties be liable for injury to the person of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from any cause whatsoever including, but not limited to, theft, criminal activity at the Project, negligent security measures, bombings or bomb scares, acts of terrorism, Hazardous Substances, fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, flooding, breakage of pipes, sprinklers, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether said damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Project, or from other sources or places, or from new construction or the repair, alteration or improvement of any part of the Project, and regardless of whether the cause of the damage or injury arises out of the active negligence, passive negligence or intentional acts of Landlord Parties. Landlord Parties shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any employees, agents, contractors or invitees of any other tenant, occupant or user of the Project, nor from the failure of Landlord Parties to enforce the provisions of the lease of any other tenant of the Project. Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to Landlord hereunder, hereby assumes all risk of damage to Tenant’s property or business or injury to persons, in, upon or about the Project arising from any cause, including the active or passive negligence of Landlord Parties, and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord Parties. Except to the extent covered by Tenant’s insurance and waiver of subrogation provided in the Lease, the limitations on Landlord’s liability contained in this Section 20 shall not apply to injury or damage which results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors or assigns; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for consequential damages (including, but not limited to, lost profits).

21. L ANDLORD S L IABILITY . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project and to assign this Lease to the transferee. Tenant agrees that in the event of such a transfer Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of appropriate documentation evidencing such transfer; and Tenant hereby agrees to look solely to Landlord’s transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of the transfer. Upon such a transfer, Landlord shall, at its option, return Tenant’s security

 

19


deposit to Tenant or transfer Tenant’s security deposit to Landlord’s transferee and, in either event, Landlord shall have no further liability to Tenant for the return of its security deposit. Subject to the rights of any lender holding a mortgage or deed of trust encumbering all or part of the Project, Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s equity interest in the Project, and any rents and proceeds therefrom, for the collection of any judgment requiring the payment of money by Landlord arising out of (a) Landlord’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or (b) the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its partners, employees and agents. No other property or assets of Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of any judgment or writ obtained by Tenant against Landlord. No partner, employee or agent of Landlord shall be personally liable for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder or be named as a party in any lawsuit arising out of or related to, directly or indirectly, this Lease and the obligations of Landlord hereunder. The obligations under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the individual partners of Landlord, if any, and Tenant shall not seek recourse against the individual partners of Landlord or their assets.

22. S IGNS . Tenant shall not make any changes to the exterior of the Premises, install any exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners or painting, or erect or install any signs, windows or door lettering, placards, decorations or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Upon vacation of the Premises, Tenant shall remove all signs and repair, paint and/or replace the building facia surface to which its signs are attached. Tenant shall obtain all applicable governmental permits and approvals for signs and exterior treatments. All signs, decorations, advertising media, blinds, draperies and other window treatment or bars or other security installations visible from outside the Premises shall be subject to Landlord’s approval and conform in all respects to Landlord’s requirements.

23. P ARKING . During the term and subject to the rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit “C,” as modified by Landlord from time to time (the “ Rules ”), Tenant shall be entitled to use the number of parking spaces set forth in Section 1.13 in the Common Area parking lot of the Project. Tenant’s parking rights are in common with the parking rights of any other tenants of the Project, and all of Tenant’s parking spaces are unreserved parking spaces. Landlord reserves the right at any time to designate areas in the Common Areas where Tenant may or may not park. If Tenant commits or allows in the parking lot any of the activities prohibited by the Lease or the Rules, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable by Tenant upon demand by Landlord. Tenant’s parking rights are the personal rights of Tenant, and Tenant shall not transfer, assign or otherwise convey its parking rights separate and apart from this Lease. All parking spaces may only be used for parking vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks. Landlord, in addition to its other remedies, shall have the right to remove or tow away any other vehicles. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities.

24. B ROKER S F EE . Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that neither has had any dealings or entered into any agreements with any person, entity, broker or finder other than the persons, if any, listed in Section 1.14, in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and no other broker, person, or entity is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and Tenant and Landlord each agree to indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against any claims, damages, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings, actions or agreements of the indemnifying party. The commission payable to Landlord’s broker with respect to this Lease shall be pursuant to the terms of the separate commission agreement in effect between Landlord and Landlord’s broker. Landlord’s broker shall pay a portion of its commission to Tenant’s broker, if so provided in any agreement between Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker. Nothing in this Lease shall impose any obligation on Landlord to pay a commission or fee to any party other than Landlord’s broker. Based on a separate written agreement, Landlord has agreed to pay to the brokers identified in Section 1.14 the brokerage commissions owed in connection with this Lease.

25. E STOPPEL C ERTIFICATE .

25.1 D ELIVERY OF C ERTIFICATE . Tenant shall from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying such information as Landlord may reasonably request including, but not limited to, the following: (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect), (b) the date to which the Base Rent and other charges are paid in advance and the amounts so payable, (c) that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults or unfulfilled obligations on the part of Landlord, or specifying such defaults or unfulfilled obligations, if any are claimed, (d) that all tenant improvements to be constructed by Landlord, if any, have been completed in accordance with Landlord’s obligations, and (e) that Tenant has taken possession of the Premises. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Project.

25.2 F AILURE TO D ELIVER C ERTIFICATE . At Landlord’s option, the failure of Tenant to deliver such statement within such time shall constitute a default of Tenant hereunder, or it shall be conclusive upon Tenant that (a) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (b) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, (c) not more than one month’s Base Rent has been paid in advance, (d) all tenant improvements to be constructed

 

20


by Landlord, if any, have been completed in accordance with Landlord’s obligations, and (e) Tenant has taken possession of the Premises.

26. F INANCIAL I NFORMATION . So long as Tenant’s stock is publicly traded over a recognized securities exchange Tenant shall have no obligation to provide Landlord with financial information pursuant to this section. Once Tenant’s stock is no longer publicly traded over a recognized securities exchange or if Tenant assigns this Lease to a person or entity whose stock is not publicly traded on a recognized public securities exchange, this section shall apply to Tenant and/or the assignee. From time to time, at Landlord’s request, Tenant shall cause the following financial information to be delivered to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, upon not less than ten (10) days’ advance written notice from Landlord: (a) a current financial statement for Tenant and Tenant’s financial statements for the previous two accounting years, (b) a current financial statement for any guarantor(s) of this Lease and the guarantor’(s) financial statements for the previous two accounting years and (c) such other financial information pertaining to Tenant or any guarantor as Landlord or any lender or purchaser of Landlord may reasonably request. All financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord, from time to time, without notice to Tenant, to obtain a credit report or credit history on Tenant from any credit reporting company.

27. E NVIRONMENTAL M ATTERS /H AZARDOUS M ATERIALS .

27.1 H AZARDOUS M ATERIALS D ISCLOSURE C ERTIFICATE . Prior to executing this Lease, Tenant has delivered to Landlord Tenant’s executed initial Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (the “ Initial HazMat Certificate ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D. Tenant covenants, represents and warrants to Landlord that the information in the Initial HazMat Certificate is true and correct and accurately describes the use(s) of Hazardous Materials which will be made and/or used on the Premises by Tenant. Tenant shall, commencing with the date which is one year from the Commencement Date and continuing every year thereafter, deliver to Landlord an executed Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (the “ HazMat Certificate ”) describing Tenant’s then-present use of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, and any other reasonably necessary documents and information as requested by Landlord. The HazMat Certificates required hereunder shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

27.2 D EFINITION OF H AZARDOUS M ATERIALS . As used in this Lease, the term Hazardous Materials shall mean and include (a) any hazardous or toxic wastes, materials or substances, and other pollutants or contaminants, which are or become regulated by any Environmental Laws (defined below); (b) petroleum, petroleum by-products, gasoline, diesel fuel, crude oil or any fraction thereof; (c) asbestos and asbestos-containing material, in any form, whether friable or non-friable; (d) polychlorinated biphenyls; (e) radioactive materials; (f) lead and lead-containing materials; (g) any other material, waste or substance displaying toxic, reactive, ignitable or corrosive characteristics, as all such terms are used in their broadest sense, and are defined or become defined by any Environmental Law; or (h) any materials which cause or threatens to cause a nuisance upon or waste to any portion of the Project or any surrounding property; or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health and safety of persons on the Premises, any other portion of the Project or any surrounding property. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Hazardous Materials” shall not include nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners, office supplies and janitorial supplies which are not actionable under any Environmental Laws.

27.3 P ROHIBITION ; E NVIRONMENTAL L AWS . Tenant shall not be entitled to use or store any Hazardous Materials on, in, or about any portion of the Premises and the Project without, in each instance, obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent thereto. If Landlord, in its sole discretion, consents to any such usage or storage, then Tenant shall be permitted to use and/or store only those Hazardous Materials that are necessary for Tenant’s business and to the extent disclosed in the HazMat Certificate and as expressly approved by Landlord in writing. Any such usage and storage may only be to the extent of the quantities of Hazardous Materials as specified in the then-applicable HazMat Certificate as expressly approved by Landlord. In all events such usage and storage must at all times be in full compliance with any and all local, state and federal environmental, health and/or safety-related laws, statutes, orders, standards, courts’ decisions, ordinances, rules and regulations (as interpreted by judicial and administrative decisions), decrees, directives, guidelines, permits or permit conditions, currently existing and as amended, enacted, issued or adopted in the future which are or become applicable to Tenant or all or any portion of the Premises (collectively, the “ Environmental Laws ”) and in compliance with the recommendations of Landlord’s consultants. Tenant agrees that any changes to the type and/or quantities of Hazardous Materials specified in the most recent HazMat Certificate may be implemented only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall not be entitled nor permitted to install any tanks under, on or about the Premises for the storage of Hazardous Materials without the express written consent of Landlord, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, at all times during the Term of this Lease to (i) inspect the Premises, (ii) conduct tests and investigations to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with the provisions of this Section 27 or to determine if Hazardous Materials are present in, on or about the Project, (iii) request lists of all Hazardous Materials used, stored or otherwise located on, under or about any portion of the Premises and/or the Common Areas, and (iv) to require Tenant to complete a survey of its use, storage and handling of Hazardous Materials in the Premises, using a form and following procedures designated by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion (the “ Survey ”). If the Survey discloses that Tenant is not in compliance with any term or condition of this Lease or is violating any law or regulation, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of all such inspections, tests and investigations, and all costs associated with any Survey. If as a result of an inspection, test or Survey Landlord determines, in Landlord’s sole discretion, that Tenant should implement or perform safety, security or compliance measures, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord perform such measures, at Tenant’s

 

21


sole cost and expense. The aforementioned rights granted herein to Landlord and its representatives shall not create (a) a duty on Landlord’s part to inspect, test, investigate, monitor or otherwise observe the Premises or the activities of Tenant and Tenant Parties with respect to Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, Tenant’s operation, use and any remediation relating thereto, or (b) liability on the part of Landlord and its representatives for Tenant’s use, storage, disposal or remediation of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.

27.4 T ENANT S E NVIRONMENTAL O BLIGATIONS . Tenant shall give to Landlord immediate verbal and follow-up written notice of any spills, releases, discharges, disposals, emissions, migrations, removals or transportation of Hazardous Materials on, under or about any portion of the Premises or in any Common Areas; provided that Tenant has actual knowledge of such event(s). Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, covenants and warrants to promptly investigate, clean up, remove, restore and otherwise remediate (including, without limitation, preparation of any feasibility studies or reports and the performance of any and all closures) any spill, release, discharge, disposal, emission, migration or transportation of Hazardous Materials arising from or related to the intentional or negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant Parties such that the affected portions of the Project and any adjacent property are returned to the condition existing prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials. Any such investigation, clean up, removal, restoration and other remediation shall only be performed after Tenant has obtained Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on any portion of the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to respond immediately to an emergency without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall conduct and perform, or cause to be conducted and performed, all closures as required by any Environmental Laws or any agencies or other governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof. If Tenant fails to so promptly investigate, clean up, remove, restore, provide closure or otherwise so remediate, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, take any and all steps necessary to rectify the same, and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for all costs and expenses to Landlord of performing investigation, cleanup, removal, restoration, closure and remediation work. All such work undertaken by Tenant, as required herein, shall be performed in such a manner so as to enable Landlord to make full economic use of the Premises and other portions of the Project after the satisfactory completion of such work.

27.5 E NVIRONMENTAL I NDEMNITY . In addition to Tenant’s other indemnity obligations under this Lease, Tenant agrees to, and shall, protect, indemnify, defend (with counsel acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and the other Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, liability or expense (including, without limitation, diminution in value of any portion of the Premises or the Project, damages for the loss of or restriction on the use of rentable or usable space, and from any adverse impact of Landlord’s marketing of any space within the Project) arising at any time during or after the term of this Lease in connection with or related to, directly or indirectly, the use, presence, transportation, storage, disposal, migration, removal, spill, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials on, in or about any portion of the Project as a result (directly or indirectly) of the intentional or negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant Parties. Neither the written consent of Landlord to the presence, use or storage of Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about any portion of the Project nor the strict compliance by Tenant with all Environmental Laws shall excuse Tenant from its obligations of indemnification pursuant hereto. Tenant shall not be relieved of its indemnification obligations under the provisions of this Section 27.5 due to Landlord’s status as either an “owner” or “operator” under any Environmental Laws.

27.6 S URVIVAL . Tenant’s obligations and liabilities pursuant to the provisions of this Section 27 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If it is determined by Landlord that the condition of all or any portion of the Project is not in compliance with the provisions of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, all Environmental Laws at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Landlord may require Tenant to hold over possession of the Premises until Tenant can surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition in which the Premises existed as of the Commencement Date and prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials except for reasonable wear and tear, including without limitation, the conduct or performance of any closures as required by any Environmental Laws. The burden of proof hereunder shall be upon Tenant. For purposes hereof, the term “reasonable wear and tear” shall not include any deterioration in the condition or diminution of the value of any portion of the Project in any manner whatsoever related to, directly or indirectly, Hazardous Materials. Any such holdover by Tenant will be with Landlord’s consent, will not be terminable by Tenant in any event or circumstance and will otherwise be subject to the provisions of Section 33 of this Lease.

27.7 N O L IABILITY FOR A CTS OF O THERS . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall only be liable pursuant to this Section 27 for the acts of Tenant and Tenant Parties, and Tenant shall not be liable for the acts of persons or entities other than Tenant and Tenant Parties nor shall Tenant be responsible or liable for contamination that existed at the Premises on the Commencement Date or for contamination emanating from neighboring land.

27.8 L ANDLORD I NDEMNITY . Landlord agrees to, and shall, protect, indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, liability or expense arising in connection with or related to, directly or indirectly, the use, presence, transportation, storage, disposal, migration, removal, spill, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials on, in or about any portion of the Project as a result (directly or indirectly) of the intentional or negligent acts or omissions of Landlord or Landlord Parties.

 

22


28. S UBORDINATION .

28.1 E FFECT OF S UBORDINATION . This Lease, and any Option (as defined below) granted hereby, upon Landlord’s written election, shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust or any other hypothecation or security now or hereafter placed upon the Project and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Notwithstanding such subordination, Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the provisions of this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. At the request of any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor, Tenant shall attorn to such person or entity. If any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease and any Options granted hereby prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, whether this Lease or such Options are dated prior or subsequent to the date of said mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or the date of recording thereof. In the event of the foreclosure of a security device, the new owner shall not (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord or with respect to events occurring prior to its acquisition of title, (b) be liable for the breach of this Lease by any prior landlord, (c) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant may have against the prior landlord or (d) be liable to Tenant for the return of its security deposit.

28.2 E XECUTION OF D OCUMENTS . Tenant agrees to execute and acknowledge any documents Landlord reasonably requests that Tenant execute to effectuate an attornment, a subordination, or to make this Lease or any Option granted herein prior to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be. Tenant’s failure to execute such documents within fifteen (15) days after written demand shall constitute a default by Tenant hereunder or, at Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to execute such documents on behalf of Tenant as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact. Tenant does hereby make, constitute and irrevocably appoint Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact and in Tenant’s name, place and stead to execute such documents in accordance with this section.

29. O PTIONS .

29.1 D EFINITION . As used in this Lease, the word “ Option ” has the following meaning: (1) the right or option to extend the term of this Lease or to renew this Lease, (2) the option or right of first refusal to lease the Premises or the right of first offer to lease the Premises or the right of first refusal to lease other space within the Project or the right of first offer to lease other space within the Project, and (3) the right or option to terminate this Lease prior to its expiration date or to reduce the size of the Premises. Any Option granted to Tenant by Landlord must be evidenced by a written option agreement attached to this Lease as a rider or addendum or said option shall be of no force or effect. For purposes of this section, an Option shall also include any Option contained in any subsequent amendment to this Lease.

29.2 O PTIONS P ERSONAL . Each Option granted to Tenant in this Lease, if any, is personal to the original Tenant and may be exercised only by the original Tenant while occupying the entire Premises and may not be exercised or be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, by or to any person or entity other than Tenant, including, without limitation, any permitted transferee as defined in Section 16. The Options, if any, herein granted to Tenant are not assignable separate and apart from this Lease, nor may any Option be separated from this Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise. If at any time an Option is exercisable by Tenant, the Lease has been assigned or a sublease exists as to any portion of the Premises, the Option shall be deemed null and void and neither Tenant nor any assignee or subtenant shall have the right to exercise the Option.

29.3 M ULTIPLE O PTIONS . In the event that Tenant has multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Option to extend or renew this Lease has been so exercised.

29.4 E FFECT OF D EFAULT ON O PTIONS . Tenant shall have no right to exercise an Option (i) during the time commencing from the date Landlord gives to Tenant a notice of default pursuant to Section 17.1 and continuing until the noncompliance alleged in said notice of default is cured, or (ii) if Tenant is in default of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease. The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of this section.

29.5 L IMITATIONS ON O PTIONS . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any rider or addendum to this Lease, any options, rights of first refusal or rights of first offer granted hereunder shall be subject and secondary to Landlord’s right to first offer and lease any such space to any tenant who is then occupying or leasing such space at the time the space becomes available for leasing and shall be subject and subordinated to any other options, rights of first refusal or rights of first offer previously given to any other person or entity.

29.6 G UARANTEES . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any rider or addendum to this Lease, Tenant’s right to exercise and the effectiveness of an Option is conditioned upon Landlord’s receipt from any prior tenant that has not been expressly released from liability under this Lease, and any guarantor of any obligation of Tenant under this Lease, of a written agreement satisfactory to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, reaffirming such person’s obligations under this Lease or the guaranty, as modified by Tenant’s exercise of the Option.

29.7 N OTICE OF E XERCISE OF O PTION . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 43, Tenant shall give written notice exercising the Option using certified mail return receipt requested or some other method where the person

 

23


delivering the package containing the notice obtains a signature of the person accepting the package containing the notice (e.g., by FedEx with the requirement that the FedEx delivery person obtain a signature from the person accepting the package). It shall be the obligation of Tenant to prove that Landlord received the notice exercising the Option in a timely manner.

30. L ANDLORD R ESERVATIONS . Landlord shall have the right: (a) to change the name and address of the Project or Building upon not less than ninety (90) days prior written notice; (b) to permit any tenant the exclusive right to conduct any business as long as such exclusive right does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein; and (c) to place signs, notices or displays upon the roof, interior or exterior of the Building or Common Areas of the Project. Landlord reserves the right to use the exterior walls of the Premises, and the area beneath, adjacent to and above the Premises together with the right to install, use, maintain and replace equipment, machinery, pipes, conduits and wiring through the Premises, which serve other parts of the Project provided that Landlord’s use does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

31. C HANGES TO P ROJECT . Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, from time to time, to make changes to the size, shape, location, number and extent of the improvements comprising the Project (hereinafter referred to as “ Changes ”) including, but not limited to, the interior and exterior of buildings, the Common Areas, HVAC, electrical systems, communication systems, fire protection and detection systems, plumbing systems, security systems, parking control systems, driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas and landscaped areas; provided, however, that Landlord shall not materially and permanently change the location of the exterior walls of the Building or materially change the location of the Common Areas within the Building in a way that would materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises without the prior written consent of Tenant, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In connection with the Changes, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures at the Project, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building. Tenant hereby agrees that such Changes and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Changes shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Changes, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Changes or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Changes. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize disruption to Tenant’s business operations caused by Changes.

32. Intentionally deleted.

33. H OLDING O VER . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof with Landlord’s consent, such occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease pertaining to the obligations of Tenant, except that the Base Rent payable shall be the greater of (a) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent payable immediately preceding the termination date of this Lease or (b) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the fair market Base Rent for the Premises as of the date Tenant holds over, and all Options, if any, shall be deemed terminated and be of no further effect. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises or any part thereof, after the expiration of the term hereof without Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, be treated as a tenant at sufferance or a trespasser. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to constitute Landlord’s consent to Tenant holding over at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease term or to give Tenant the right to hold over after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease term. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord from any cost, loss, claim or liability (including attorneys’ fees) Landlord may incur as a result of Tenant’s failure to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord upon the termination of this Lease.

34. L ANDLORD S A CCESS . Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors and employees shall have the right to enter the Premises at reasonable times upon twenty-four (24) hour advance telephonic notice to Tenant (except in the case of any emergency, where no advance notice shall be required) for the purpose of inspecting the Premises, performing any services required of Landlord, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants, undertaking safety measures and making alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project. In the event of an emergency, Landlord may gain access to the Premises by any reasonable means, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for damage to the Premises or to Tenant’s property resulting from such access. Landlord may at any time place on or about the Building or the Project for sale or for lease signs.

35. S ECURITY M EASURES . Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises or the Project, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant due to its failure to provide such services. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors and invitees and the property of Tenant and of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors and invitees from acts of third parties. Nothing herein contained shall prevent Landlord, at Landlord’s sole option, from implementing security measures for the Project or any part thereof, in which event Tenant shall participate in such security measures and the cost thereof shall be included within the definition of Operating Expenses, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors and invitees arising out of Landlord’s negligent provision of security measures. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require all persons entering or leaving the Project to identify themselves to a security guard and to reasonably establish that such person should be permitted access to the Project. In no event shall Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors bring firearms or other weapons to the Project or the Premises, and Tenant shall not have the right to employ armed security guards.

 

24


36. E ASEMENTS . Landlord reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant such easements, rights and dedications that Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant. Tenant shall sign any of the aforementioned documents within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall constitute a default by Tenant. The obstruction of Tenant’s view, air or light by any structure erected in the vicinity of the Project, whether by Landlord or third parties, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Landlord.

37. T RANSPORTATION M ANAGEMENT . Tenant shall fully comply at its sole expense with all present or future programs implemented or required by any governmental or quasi-governmental entity or Landlord to manage parking, transportation, air pollution or traffic in and around the Project or the metropolitan area in which the Project is located.

38. S EVERABILITY . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

39. T IME OF E SSENCE . Time is of the essence with respect to each of the obligations to be performed by Tenant and Landlord under this Lease.

40. D EFINITION OF A DDITIONAL R ENT . All monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease, including, but not limited to, Base Rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses and late charges shall be deemed to be rent.

41. I NCORPORATION OF P RIOR A GREEMENTS . This Lease and the attachments listed in Section 1.15 contain all agreements of the parties with respect to the lease of the Premises and any other matter mentioned herein. No prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective. Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, Tenant hereby acknowledges that no real estate broker nor Landlord nor any employee or agents of any of said persons has made any oral or written warranties or representations to Tenant concerning the condition or use by Tenant of the Premises or the Project or concerning any other matter addressed by this Lease.

42. A MENDMENTS . This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification.

43. N OTICES . All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered (a) in person (by hand, by messenger or by courier service), (b) by U.S. Postal Service regular mail, (c) by U.S. Postal Service certified mail, return receipt requested, (d) by U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, Federal Express or other overnight courier, or (e) by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this section. Any notice permitted or required hereunder, and any notice to pay rent or quit or similar notice, shall be deemed personally delivered to Tenant on the date the notice is personally delivered to any employee of Tenant at the Premises. The addresses set forth in Section 1.16 of this Lease shall be the address of each party for notice purposes. Landlord or Tenant may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes, except that upon Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Tenant’s address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to Tenant. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Landlord may from time to time hereinafter designate by written notice to Tenant. Any notice sent by regular mail or by certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given three (3) days after deposited with the U.S. Postal Service. Notices delivered by U.S. Express Mail, Federal Express or other courier shall be deemed given on the date delivered by the carrier to the appropriate party’s address for notice purposes. If any notice is transmitted by facsimile transmission, the notice shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt of the transmission thereof at the appropriate party’s address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices delivered to a party by facsimile transmission shall also be mailed to the party on the date the facsimile transmission is completed. If notice is received on Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to limit Landlord’s right to serve any notice to pay rent or quit or similar notice by any method permitted by applicable law, and any such notice shall be effective if served in accordance with any method permitted by applicable law whether or not the requirements of this section have been met.

44. W AIVERS . No waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by Landlord or Tenant of the same or any other provision. Landlord’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant. The acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any provision hereof, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. No acceptance by Landlord of partial payment of any sum due from Tenant shall be deemed a waiver by Landlord of its right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or accompanying letter from Tenant be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Tenant hereby waives California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1179 and Civil Code section 3275 which allow tenants to obtain relief from the forfeiture of a lease. Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and all those claiming under Tenant all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by legal process or writ Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

45. C OVENANTS . This Lease shall be construed as though Landlord’s covenants contained herein are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant are both covenants and conditions.

 

25


46. B INDING E FFECT ; C HOICE OF L AW . Subject to any provision hereof restricting assignment or subletting by Tenant, this Lease shall bind the parties, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the Project is located, and any litigation concerning this Lease between the parties hereto shall be initiated in the county in which the Project is located.

47. A TTORNEYS ’ F EES . If Landlord or Tenant brings an action to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to its reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court in the same or separate suit, and whether or not such action is pursued to decision or judgment. The attorneys’ fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees and court costs reasonably incurred in good faith. Landlord and Tenant agree that attorneys’ fees incurred with respect to defaults and bankruptcy are actual pecuniary losses within the meaning of Section 365(b)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute.

48. A UCTIONS . Tenant shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction or going-out-of-business sale upon the Premises or the Common Areas.

49. M ERGER . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, or a termination by Landlord, shall not result in the merger of Landlord’s and Tenant’s estates and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subtenancies or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subtenancies.

50. Q UIET P OSSESSION . Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Lease, and the rights of any lender, and provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

51. A UTHORITY . If Tenant is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or general or limited partnership, Tenant, and each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity, represents and warrants that such individual is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity, that said entity is duly authorized to enter into this Lease, and that this Lease is enforceable against said entity in accordance with its terms. If Tenant is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other partnership, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord upon demand evidence of such authority satisfactory to Landlord.

52. C ONFLICT . Any conflict between the type written provisions of this Lease and handwritten provisions, if any, shall be controlled by the handwritten provisions; provided, however, handwritten provisions shall have no force or effect unless separately initialed by both Landlord and Tenant.

53. M ULTIPLE P ARTIES . If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant herein, the obligations of Tenant shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as Tenant. Service of a notice in accordance with Section 43 on one Tenant shall be deemed service of notice on all Tenants.

54. I NTERPRETATION . This Lease shall be interpreted as if it was prepared by both parties, and ambiguities shall not be resolved in favor of Tenant because all or a portion of this Lease was prepared by Landlord. The captions contained in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit or alter the meaning of this Lease. As used in this Lease, the words tenant and landlord include the plural as well as the singular. Words used in the neuter gender include the masculine and feminine gender.

55. P ROHIBITION A GAINST R ECORDING . Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to record a memorandum of this Lease, and Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord for recording any memorandum prepared by Landlord.

56. R ELATIONSHIP OF P ARTIES . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

57. R ULES AND R EGULATIONS . Tenant agrees to abide by and conform to the Rules and to cause its employees, suppliers, customers and invitees to so abide and conform. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to modify, amend and enforce the Rules in a nondiscriminatory manner. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the failure of other persons, including, but not limited to, other tenants, their agents, employees and invitees, to comply with the Rules.

58. R IGHT TO L EASE . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in its sole discretion shall determine, and Tenant is not relying on any representation that any specific tenant or number of tenants will occupy the Project.

 

26


59. P ATRIOT A CT . Tenant represents to Landlord that, (i) neither Tenant nor any person or entity that directly owns a 10% or greater equity interest in it nor any of its officers, directors or managing members is a person or entity (each, a “ Prohibited Person ”) with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under Executive Order 13224 (the “ Executive Order ”) signed on September 24, 2001, and entitled “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism,” or other governmental action, (ii) Tenant’s activities do not violate the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 or the regulations or orders promulgated thereunder (as amended from time to time, the “ Money Laundering Act ”) and (iii) throughout the term of this Lease, Tenant shall comply with the Executive Order and with the Money Laundering Act.

60. C ONFIDENTIALITY . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord. Disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases with respect to the Project and may impair Landlord’s relationship with other tenants of the Project. Except to the extent disclosure is required by applicable law, including without limitation, securities law, Tenant agrees that it and its partners, officers, directors, employees, brokers, and attorneys, if any, shall not disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be given or withheld by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. It is understood and agreed that damages alone would be an inadequate remedy for the breach of this provision by Tenant, and Landlord shall also have the right to seek specific performance of this provision and to seek injunctive relief to prevent its breach or continued breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted, without the prior written consent of Landlord, to disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to Tenant’s independent auditors, financial and legal advisors, persons selected to review Operating Expenses and taxes, space planning consultants, and prospective subtenants and/or assignees.

61. W AIVER OF J URY T RIAL . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR CROSS-COMPLAINT IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING AND/OR HEARING BROUGHT BY EITHER LANDLORD AGAINST TENANT OR TENANT AGAINST LANDLORD ON ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH, THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY LAW, STATUTE, OR REGULATION, EMERGENCY OR OTHERWISE, NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT.

LANDLORD AND TENANT ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN AND, BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE THIS LEASE REVIEWED BY ITS LEGAL COUNSEL PRIOR TO ITS EXECUTION. PREPARATION OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD OR LANDLORD’S AGENT AND SUBMISSION OF SAME TO TENANT SHALL NOT BE DEEMED AN OFFER BY LANDLORD TO LEASE THE PREMISES TO TENANT OR THE GRANT OF AN OPTION TO TENANT TO LEASE THE PREMISES. THIS LEASE SHALL BECOME BINDING UPON LANDLORD ONLY WHEN FULLY EXECUTED BY BOTH PARTIES AND WHEN LANDLORD HAS DELIVERED A FULLY EXECUTED ORIGINAL OF THIS LEASE TO TENANT. THE DELIVERY OF A DRAFT OF THIS LEASE TO TENANT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN AGREEMENT BY LANDLORD TO NEGOTIATE IN GOOD FAITH, AND LANDLORD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LEGAL OBLIGATION TO NEGOTIATE IN GOOD FAITH.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]

 

27


LANDLORD:

 

The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:  

Realty Associates Fund VIII LLC

a Massachusetts limited liability company, General Partner

  By:  

Realty Associates Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Manager

    By:  

Realty Associates Advisors Trust, a Massachusetts business trust, Manager

      By:    /s/ SCOTT W. AMLING
        Officer

TENANT*:

LRAD Corporation,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:    /s/ THOMAS R. BROWN
  Thomas R. Brown
  (print name)
Its:    President and Chief Executive Officer
  (print title)

 

By:    /s/ KATHERINE H. McDERMOTT
  Katherine H. McDermott
  (print name)
Its:    Chief Financial Officer
  (print title)

 

* If Tenant is a corporation, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The Lease must be executed by the president or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

 

28


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

Exhibit A is intended only to show the general layout of the Premises, and shall not be interpreted to increase or decrease the size of the Premises beyond the number of leasable square feet set forth in Section 1.5. Exhibit A is not to be scaled and any measurements or distances shown on Exhibit A are approximates only.

[to be attached]

 

29


EXHIBIT B

VERIFICATION LETTER

LRAD Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), hereby certifies that it has entered into a lease with                              (“Landlord”), and verifies the following information as of the      day of              , 20__:

 

Address of Premises:

      
      

Leasable Area of Premises:

      

Commencement Date:

      

Lease Termination Date:

      

Initial Base Rent:

      

Billing Address for Tenant:

      
      

Attention:

      

Telephone Number:

      

Federal Tax ID No.:

      

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all tenant improvements Landlord is obligated to make to the Premises, if any, have been completed to Tenant’s satisfaction, that Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises, and that as of the date hereof there exist no offsets or defenses to the obligations of Tenant under the Lease.

TENANT:

LRAD Corporation,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:     
   
  (print name)
Its:     
  (print title)

 

By:     
   
  (print name)
Its:     
  (print title)

 

30


EXHIBIT C

RULES AND REGULATIONS

GENERAL RULES

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations:

1. Tenant shall not alter any locks or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant.

2. Access to the Project may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously received authorization for access to the Project. Landlord and its agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regarding to the admission to or exclusion from the Project of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

3. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ Laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors of Tenant, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations; and provided further that such cooking does not result in odors escaping from the Premises.

4. No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed without the consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building. Tenant shall not interfere with broadcasting or reception from or in the Project or elsewhere.

5. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

6. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises or in other locations approved by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash in the vicinity of the Project without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal.

7. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

PARKING RULES

1. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities and at times approved by Landlord. Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in the areas designated for vehicle parking. Tenant and its customers, employees, shippers and invitees shall comply with all rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time relating to truck parking and/or truck loading and unloading.

2. Landlord reserves the right to relocate all or a part of parking spaces within the parking area. If access to the parking areas are not now controlled with gates or similar devices, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to install gates or other devices to control access to the parking areas, and Tenant shall comply with all of Landlord’s rules and regulations relating to access to the parking areas.

3. Landlord will not be responsible for any damage to vehicles, injury to persons or loss of property, all of which risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.

4. The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking area or Common Areas is prohibited.

5. Tenant shall be responsible for seeing that all of its employees, agents, contractors and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws and agreements.

6. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a list which includes the name of each person using the parking facilities based on Tenant’s parking rights under this Lease and the license plate number of the vehicle being used by that person. Tenant shall provide Landlord with an updated list within five (5) days after any part of the list becomes inaccurate.

 

31


Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

32


EXHIBIT D

Form of HazMat Certificate

General Information

Name of Responding Company:                                                                                                                                                                    

Mailing Address:                                                                                                                                                                                             

Signature:                                                                                                                                                                                                         

Title:                                                                                   Phone:                                                                                  

Date:                                                   Age of Facility:                                  Length of Occupancy:                                     

Major products manufactured and/or activities conducted on the property:                                                                                                 

 

 

 

 

 

Type of Business Activity(ies):

  

Hazardous Materials Activities:

(check all that apply)    (check all that apply)

¨        machine shop

  

¨        degreasing – chlorinated solvent?      ¨   Y     ¨   N

¨        light assembly

  

¨        chemical/etching/milling

¨        research and development

  

¨        wastewater treatment

¨        product service or repair

  

¨        painting

¨        photo processing

  

¨        striping

¨        automotive service and repair

  

¨        cleaning

¨        manufacturing

  

¨        printing. Water based?      ¨   Y     ¨   N

¨        warehouse

  

¨        analytical lab

¨        integrated/printed circuit

  

¨        plating

¨        chemical/pharmaceutical product

  

¨        chemical/missing/synthesis

  

¨        silkscreen

  

¨        lathe/mill machining

  

¨        deionizer water product

  

¨        photo masking

  

¨        wave solder

  

¨        metal finishing

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/WASTE HANDLING AND STORAGE

 

A. Are hazardous materials handled on any of your shipping and receiving docks in container quantities greater than one gallon?     ¨   Yes     ¨   No

 

B. If Hazardous materials or waste are stored on the premises, please check off the nature of the storage and type(s) of materials below:

 

Types of Storage Container

  

Type of Hazardous Materials and/or Waste Stored

(list above-ground storage only)     

¨        1 gallon or 3 liter bottles/cans

  

¨        acid

¨        5 to 30 gallon carboys

  

¨        phenol

¨        55 gallon drums

  

¨        caustic/alkaline cleaner

¨        tanks

  

¨        cyanide

  

¨        photo resist stripper

  

¨        paint

  

¨        flammable solvent

  

¨        gasoline/diesel fuel

  

¨        chlorinated solvent

  

¨        oil/cutting fluid

Are the hazardous materials being used/mixed on site or just stored for distribution?                                                                              

 

33


If drums or tanks are used specify what materials are stored in the 55-gallon drums or tanks                                                                  

 

 

If chlorinated solvents are used please specify which chlorinated solvents are used, how they are used and in what volumes                 

 

 

 

C. Do you accumulate hazardous waste onsite?      ¨   Yes     ¨   No

If yes, how is it being handled?

 

  ¨ on-site treatment or recovery
  ¨ discharged to sewer
  ¨ hauled offsite                             If hauled offsite, by whom                                                                                       
  ¨ incineration

 

D. Indicate your hazardous waste storage status:
  ¨ generator      ¨   SQG      ¨   LQG
  ¨ interim status facility
  ¨ permitted TSDF
  ¨ none of the above

WASTEWATER TREATMENT/DISCHARGE

 

A. Do you discharge industrial wastewater to:

 

  ¨ sewer
  ¨ storm drain
  ¨ surface water
  ¨ no industrial discharge

 

B. Is your industrial wastewater treated before discharge?              ¨   Yes     ¨   No

If yes, what type of treatment is being conducted?

 

  ¨ neutralization
  ¨ metal hydroxide formation
  ¨ closed-loop treatment
  ¨ cyanide destruct
  ¨ HF treatment
  ¨ other

 

C. Do you have an oil/water separator or clarifier?                          ¨   Yes     ¨   No

SUBSURFACE CONTAINMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/WASTES

 

A. Are buried tanks/sumps being used for any of the following:

 

  ¨ hazardous waste storage
  ¨ chemical storage
  ¨ gasoline/diesel fuel storage
  ¨ waste treatment
  ¨ wastewater neutralization
  ¨ industrial wastewater treatment
  ¨ none of the above

 

34


B. If buried tanks are located onsite, indicate their construction:

¨     steel                      ¨     fiberglass                      ¨     concrete

¨     inside open vault                      ¨     double walled

 

C. Are hazardous materials or untreated industrial wastewater transported via buried piping to tanks, process areas or treatment areas?      ¨   Yes     ¨   No

 

D. Do you have wet floors in your process areas?      ¨   Yes     ¨   No

If yes, name processes:                                                                                                                                                                

 

E. Are abandoned underground tanks or sumps located on the property?      ¨   Yes     ¨   No

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SPILLS

 

A. Have hazardous materials ever spilled to:

 

  ¨ the sewer
  ¨ the storm drain
  ¨ onto the property
  ¨ no spills have occurred

 

B. Have you experienced any leaking underground tanks or sumps?      ¨   Yes     ¨   No

 

C. If spills have occurred, were they reported?      ¨   Yes     ¨   No

Check which the government agencies that you contacted regarding the spill(s):

 

  ¨ Department of Health Services
  ¨ Department of Fish and Game
  ¨ Environmental Protection Agency
  ¨ Regional Water Quality Control Board
  ¨ Fire Department

 

D. Have you been contacted by a government agency regarding soil or groundwater contamination on your site?      ¨   Yes     ¨   No

Do you have exploratory or monitoring wells onsite?      ¨   Yes     ¨   No

If yes, indicate the following:

Number of wells:                     Approximate depth of wells:                  Well diameters:                 

PLEASE ATTACH ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY PERMITS, AGENCY REPORTS THAT APPLY TO YOUR OPERATION AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANIFESTS.

Check off those enclosed:

 

¨ Hazardous Materials Inventory Statement, HMIS
¨ Hazardous Materials Management Plan, HMMP
¨ Regulatory Agency, Facility Inspection Report
¨ Underground Tank Registrations
¨ Industrial Wastewater Discharge Permit
¨ Hazardous Waste Manifest

 

35


Exhibit E

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

(Build-to-Suit With Space Plan Attached)

This Work Letter Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is attached to a Standard Industrial Lease (the “ Lease ”) covering certain premises (the “ Premises ”) more particularly described in Exhibit “A” attached to the Lease. In consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. T ENANT I MPROVEMENT C OORDINATOR . Within three (3) days after the Lease is executed by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall each designate in writing the name of one person who shall be that party’s tenant improvement representative. All communication concerning the tenant improvements shall be directed to the appropriate party’s tenant improvement representative. Tenant shall not have the right or authority to instruct Landlord’s contractor to take any action. Any action Tenant desires Landlord’s contractor to take shall be communicated by Tenant to Landlord’s tenant improvement representative, and Landlord’s tenant improvement representative shall give the necessary instructions to the contractor.

2. P LANS AND S PECIFICATIONS .

2.1 S PACE P LAN . Attached hereto as Exhibit 1 and incorporated herein by this reference is a space plan which has been approved by Landlord and Tenant (the “ Space Plan ”). The Space Plan describes the improvements (the “ Improvements ”) which will be made to the Premises by Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Except as set forth in the Space Plan, Landlord shall not be obligated to make any other improvements to the Premises. Subject to the requirements of Section 4 below, Tenant shall have the right to request changes to the Space Plan. In the event Tenant requests a change to the Space Plan, Tenant shall pay any increased costs which result from the change requested by Tenant and any delay in the completion of the Improvements caused by such changes shall constitute a Tenant Delay (as defined below). In the event that Tenant requests a change to the Space Plan, Landlord shall have the right to approve the change in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Landlord shall not be obligated to make the change unless and until the amount of any increased costs resulting from the change has been paid by Tenant to Landlord.

2.2 P LANS . Based on the approved Space Plan, Landlord shall cause to be prepared detailed plans and working drawings (the “ Plans ”) for the construction of the Improvements. The Plans shall be consistent with the Space Plan and shall incorporate the use of Landlord’s building standard improvements (the “ Standards ”). Tenant acknowledges that the Space Plan may not comply with applicable codes and government regulations and that the Plans may require deviations from the Space Plan in order for Landlord to obtain a building permit. The estimated Commencement Date (as defined in the Basic Lease Provisions) shall be extended for any delays in obtaining a building permit resulting from the insufficiency of the Space Plan or the Plans or any delays resulting from changes in the Plans required by the applicable governmental regulatory agency reviewing the Plans. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have the right to prepare the Plans in a way that complies with applicable governmental laws and regulations, even if the Plans deviate from the specifications of the Space Plan. Tenant acknowledges that it will be responsible for paying the cost of making modifications to the Plans and obtaining required governmental approvals and building permits if said costs result from changes requested by Tenant. In the event that Tenant requests a change to the Plans and said change is approved by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the increased costs resulting from the change, and Landlord shall not be obligated to make the change unless and until the amount of any increased costs resulting from the change has been paid by Tenant to Landlord, and any delay resulting from such changes in the Plans shall constitute Tenant Delay.

2.3 T ENANTS ’ C OSTS . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if the Space Plan specifically provides that any item set forth on the Space Plan shall be paid for by Tenant, the cost of said item shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord before Landlord’s contractor commences construction of the Improvements. In addition, the cost of computer or telephone wiring or any cost associated with the design, purchasing or installation of furniture, fixtures or equipment (collectively, “ FF&E ”), shall be paid by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense. References to or depictions of FF&E on the Space Plan or the Plans shall not be interpreted to obligate Landlord to pay costs or expenses associated with the purchase or installation of FF&E.

3. S PECIFICATIONS FOR B UILDING S TANDARD I MPROVEMENTS . Specifications and details for the Standards are available from Landlord. Except as specified in Section 4 below, the Space Plan and Plans shall be consistent with the Standards, and no deviations shall be permitted from the Standards without Landlord’s consent as set forth in Section 4 below.

4. G ROUNDS FOR D ISAPPROVAL . Tenant may request deviations from the Standards provided that the deviations (“ Non-Standards ”) shall not be of lesser quality than the Standards. Landlord shall not be required to approve any Non-Standards that are not acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. If Landlord approves a Non-Standard, and the Non-Standard costs more than the Standard (due to material or installation costs), Tenant shall pay such increased costs, and Landlord shall not be obligated to use a Non-Standard until the amount of any increased costs resulting from the use of the Non-Standard has been paid by Tenant to Landlord.

 

36


5. C ONSTRUCTION OF I MPROVEMENTS .

5.1 C ONSTRUCTION . Within a reasonable period, Landlord shall instruct its contractor to commence construction of the Improvements.

5.2 C OMPLETION . Landlord shall endeavor to cause the contractor to substantially complete construction of the Improvements in a diligent manner, but Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage as a result of delays in construction or delivery of possession of the Premises.

6. C OMMENCEMENT D ATE . The Commencement Date under the Lease shall be governed by Section 3 of the Lease. However, any delay beyond the estimated Commencement Date in the substantial completion of the Improvements as a result of the following shall constitute “ Tenant Delay ”:

6.1 Tenant’s request for Non-Standards, whether as to materials or installation, that extend the time it takes to obtain necessary building permits or other governmental authorizations or the construction period;

6.2 Tenant’s changes in the Space Plan or the Plans; or

6.3 Any act or omission of Tenant constituting a Tenant Delay under the terms of this Agreement or the Lease; or

6.4 Any other acts or omissions of Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees and contractors that delays the completion of the Improvements.

7. D AMAGES FOR T ENANT D ELAY . Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to $784.00 for each day of Tenant Delay. Landlord and Tenant agree that the foregoing payment constitutes a fair and reasonable estimate of the damages Landlord will incur as the result of a Tenant Delay. Within thirty (30) days after Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the date Landlord could have delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant but for the Tenant Delays. After delivery of said notice, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord the amount described above for the period of Tenant Delay.

8. I NCORPORATION . This Agreement is and shall be incorporated by reference in the Lease, and all of the terms and conditions of the Lease are and shall be incorporated herein by this reference. Capitalized terms included in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as capitalized terms included in the Lease.

 

37


Exhibit 1 to Work Letter Agreement

(Space Plan)

 

38


Exhibit F

Addendum to Standard Industrial Lease (the “Lease”)

dated the 16 th day of November, 2011 Between

The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P. (“Landlord”) and

LRAD Corporation (“Tenant”)

It is hereby agreed by Landlord and Tenant that the provisions of this Addendum are a part of the Lease. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall control. Capitalized terms in this Addendum shall have the same meaning as capitalized terms in the Lease, and, if a Work Letter Agreement is attached to this Lease, as those terms have been defined in the Work Letter Agreement.

1. Abatement of Rent . Landlord hereby agrees to waive (a) $11,760.00 of the Base Rent due for the first through the fifth full calendar months of the initial term of the Lease (i.e., in each of these months Tenant shall pay Base Rent in the amount of $11,760.00), (b) $4,770.00 of the Base Rent due for the sixth through the ninth full calendar months of the initial term of the Lease (i.e., in each of these months Tenant shall pay Base Rent in the amount of $18,750.00) and (c) $2,895.00 of the Base Rent due for the tenth through the twelfth full calendar months of the initial term of the Lease (i.e., in each of these months Tenant shall pay Base Rent in the amount of $20,625.00). No amounts due to Landlord under the Lease other than the Base Rent referred to above shall be waived. In the event Tenant commits a default as defined in the Lease, Base Rent coming due thereafter shall not be waived.

2. Building Signage . Subject to the following terms and conditions, Landlord shall permit Tenant to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, one (1) exterior building sign (the “ Building Sign ”) containing Tenant’s name on the Building:

(a) The location, size, design, color and construction of the Building Sign shall be acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion;

(b) The cost of designing, fabricating, installing and obtaining governmental approvals for the Building Sign shall be paid by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall have the right to approve the contractor that installs the Building Sign and the contractor shall comply with all of Landlord’s policies and procedures relating to construction performed at the Project (e.g., insurance, safety etc.);

(c) Tenant shall maintain the Building Sign in good order and repair, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense;

(d) Tenant’s right to install the Building Sign is subject to Tenant obtaining all required governmental approvals and permits for the installation of the Building Sign, and Tenant’s compliance with the terms and conditions of any covenants, conditions or restrictions applicable to the Building Sign. Landlord makes no representation or warranty that Tenant will be able to obtain the required approvals and permits for the installation of the Building Sign, and Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are not conditioned upon Tenant’s ability to obtain the approvals and permits or upon Tenant’s ability to install the Building Sign or any other sign;

(e) Any modification of the Building Sign shall be considered to be an “Alteration” within the meaning of Section 13.1 of the Lease, and shall be governed by the provisions thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 13.1, any modification or alteration of the Building Sign shall require Landlord’s prior approval, which may be given or withheld by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion;

(f) The Building Sign shall be considered a use of the Premises pursuant to Section 19 of the Lease, and Tenant shall defend and indemnify Landlord to the extent provided in Section 19;

(g) Tenant shall remove the Building Sign and repair any damage to the Project, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, upon the termination or expiration of the Lease term;

(h) The insurance purchased by Tenant pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Lease shall apply to the Building Sign;

(i) Should the Building Sign be electrically illuminated, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, upon demand, the costs of such power as determined by persons skilled in the field, and utilize those estimates in billing Tenant for the power consumed; however, Tenant shall also have the right to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, electrical meters which shall measure the actual amount of power consumed;

(j) If at any time Tenant has assigned this Lease or has subleased more than twenty five percent (25%) of the usable square feet in the Premises, Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s option, at any time, upon not less than ninety (90) days advance written notice to Tenant, to require Tenant to permanently remove the Building Sign and to repair any damage to the Building caused by such removal, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. From and after the date of such removal, Tenant shall no longer have the right to place the Building Sign on the Building, and except for Tenant’s obligation to remove the Building Sign and to repair any damage to the Building, this Section shall be of no further force or effect;

 

39


(k) If Tenant has not installed the Building Sign on or before December 31, 2012, Tenant’s shall no longer have the right to install a Building Sign, and this Section shall be of no further force or effect; and

(l) Landlord shall continue to have the right to install one or more additional signs on the exterior of the Building, and no exclusive sign rights have been granted hereunder.

3. Antenna Agreement . Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall execute the License Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 1.

4. Parking . Five (5) of Tenant’s parking spaces shall be reserved spaces (the “ Reserved Spaces ”), and the Reserved Spaces shall be in the location depicted on Exhibit 2 attached hereto. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to relocate the Reserved Spaces so long as they remain in reasonably close proximity to the front of the Premises. Tenant may mark the Reserved Spaces as “Visitor Parking” using a method approved by Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s reserved parking rights against any third parties.

5. Option to Extend . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the option to extend the term of the Lease for one (1) five (5)-year period (the “ Extension Option ”) commencing when the initial lease term expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

(a) On a date which is prior to the date that the option period would commence (if exercised) by at least two hundred forty (240) days and not more than three hundred sixty (360) days, Landlord shall have received from Tenant a written notice of the exercise of the option to extend the Lease for said additional term (an “ Exercise Notice ”), time being of the essence. If the Exercise Notice is not so given and received, the Extension Option shall automatically expire, Tenant shall no longer have the right to give an Exercise Notice and this section shall be of no further force or effect. Tenant shall give the Exercise Notice using certified mail return receipt requested or some other method where the person delivering the package containing the Exercise Notice obtains a signature of the person accepting the package containing the Exercise Notice (e.g., by FedEx with the requirement that the FedEx delivery person obtain a signature from the person accepting the package). It shall be the obligation of Tenant to prove that Landlord received the Exercise Notice in a timely manner.

(b) All of the terms and conditions of the Lease except where specifically modified by this section shall apply.

(c) The monthly Base Rent payable during the option term shall be the Market Rate on the date the option term commences.

(d) The term “ Market Rate ” shall mean the annual amount per rentable square foot that a willing, comparable renewal tenant would pay and a willing, comparable landlord of a similar industrial building in the Rancho Bernardo area would accept at arm’s length for similar space, giving appropriate consideration to the following matters: (i) annual rental rates per rentable square foot; (ii) the type of escalation clauses (including, but without limitation, operating expense, real estate taxes, and CPI) and the extent of liability under the escalation clauses ( i.e. , whether determined on a “net lease” basis or by increases over a particular base year or base dollar amount); (iii) rent abatement provisions reflecting free rent and/or no rent during the lease term; (iv) length of lease term; (v) size and location of premises being leased; and (vi) other generally applicable terms and conditions of tenancy for similar space; provided, however, Tenant shall not be entitled to any tenant improvement allowance. If renewal tenants exercising similar market rate extension options are receiving a tenant improvement allowance, this fact shall be taken into consideration in determining the Market Rate. The Market Rate may also designate periodic rental increases and similar economic adjustments.

(e) If Tenant exercises the Extension Option, Landlord shall determine the Market Rate by using its good faith judgment. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of such amount on or before the date that is ninety (90) days prior to the date that the term of the Extension Option will commence. Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days (“ Tenant’s Review Period ”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the new rental within which to accept such rental. In the event Tenant fails to accept in writing such rental proposal by Landlord, then such proposal shall be deemed rejected, and Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon such Market Rate, using their best good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s Review Period (“ Outside Agreement Date ”), then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope their final proposal as to the Market Rate, and such determination shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with subsections (i) through (v) below.

(i) Landlord and Tenant shall meet with each other within five (5) business days after the Outside Agreement Date and exchange their sealed envelopes and then open such envelopes in each other’s presence. If Landlord and Tenant do not mutually agree upon the Market Rate within one (1) business day of the exchange and opening of envelopes, then, within ten (10) business days of the exchange and opening of envelopes, Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon and jointly appoint a single arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker or agent who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of similar buildings in the geographical area of the Premises. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall consult with such broker or agent as to his or her opinion as to the Market Rate prior to the appointment. The determination of the arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rate for the Premises is the closest to the actual Market Rate for the Premises as determined by the arbitrator, taking

 

40


into account the requirements for determining Market Rate set forth herein. Such arbitrator may hold such hearings and require such briefs as the arbitrator, in his or her sole discretion, determines is necessary. In addition, Landlord or Tenant may submit to the arbitrator with a copy to the other party within five (5) business days after the appointment of the arbitrator any market data and additional information such party deems relevant to the determination of the Market Rate (“ MR Data ”), and the other party may submit a reply in writing within five (5) business days after receipt of such MR Data.

(ii) The arbitrator shall, within thirty (30) days of his or her appointment, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rate and shall notify Landlord and Tenant of such determination.

(iii) The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

(iv) If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon and appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the arbitrator shall be made by the presiding judge of the Superior Court for the county in which the Premises is located, or, if he or she refuses to act, by any judge having jurisdiction over the parties.

(v) The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

(vi) Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to execute and to deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Lease that accurately sets forth the extended term of the Lease and the new Base Rent and other economic terms, if any. Within ten (10) days after Landlord provides the amendment to Tenant, Tenant shall execute the amendment and deliver the amendment to Landlord. Landlord’s election not to require Tenant to execute an amendment shall not invalidate Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]

 

41


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have respectively executed this Addendum.

 

LANDLORD:

 

The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:  

Realty Associates Fund VIII LLC

a Massachusetts limited liability company, General Partner

  By:  

Realty Associates Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Manager

    By:  

Realty Associates Advisors Trust, a Massachusetts business trust, Manager

      By:    /s/ SCOTT W. AMLING
        Officer

TENANT*:

LRAD Corporation,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:    /s/ THOMAS R. BROWN
  Thomas R. Brown
  (print name)
Its:    President and Chief Executive Officer
  (print title)

 

By:    /s/ KATHERINE H. McDERMOTT
  Katherine H. McDermott
  (print name)
Its:    Chief Financial Officer
  (print title)

 

* If Tenant is a corporation, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The Lease must be executed by the president or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

 

42


Exhibit 1 to Addendum to Lease

LICENSE AGREEMENT – SATELLITE DISH

THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of this      day of              , 200_, by and between The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Licensor ”) and LRAD Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Licensee ”).

RECITALS

A. Licensee has entered into that certain Standard Industrial Lease (“ Lease ”) with Licensor for the lease of certain space (the “ Premises ”) in the building located at 16990 Goldentop Road, San Diego, California (the “ Building ”).

B. Licensee desires to obtain the nonexclusive license to use a portion of the roof of the Building (the “ Roof ”) to install an antenna to transmit and to receive radio transmissions. Licensor is willing to permit Licensee to place a antenna on the Roof on the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Licensor and Licensee agree as follows:

1. Satellite Antenna . Except as otherwise provided herein, Licensee shall have the nonexclusive right to install, operate and maintain on the Roof, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense, a small antenna and associated cabling (collectively, the “ Antenna ”). All specifications applicable to the Antenna (e.g., its size, design, weight, method of installation etc.) shall be subject to the approval of Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion (the “ Specifications ”). The Antenna shall not require a source of electricity or other power on the Roof for its operation. The right granted to Licensee hereunder is a nonexclusive license and is not a lease. Licensor make no representation or warranty to Licensee that it will be able to obtain the permits and governmental approvals required in order to install and operate the Antenna, and Licensee’s obligations under the Lease are not conditioned or contingent on its ability to install and operate the Antenna.

2. Term . Licensee’s right to operate and maintain the Antenna shall automatically expire and terminate on the date that the term of the Lease expires or is otherwise terminated. This Agreement shall also terminate if any of the following continue for more than fifteen (15) days after written notice from Licensor to Licensee: (a) the Antenna is causing physical damage to the Building or the Roof, (b) the Antenna is interfering with the transmission or receipt of radio signals from or to the Building, (c) the Antenna is causing Licensor to be in violation of any agreement to which Licensor is a party or (d) the Antenna is causing Licensor to be in violation any local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance.

3. Use . Licensee shall only use the Antenna to transmit and to receive radio transmissions for Licensee’s use in the Premises. No person or entity other than Licensee shall have the right to send or receive transmissions using the Antenna.

4. Location . The Antenna shall be installed at a location on the Roof selected by Licensor, in Licensor’s sole discretion, and Licensor shall have the right to require Licensee to relocate the Antenna from time to time, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense. Licensor makes no representation or warranty to Licensee that the location selected by Licensor on the Roof, from time to time, will be satisfactory to Licensee or will permit Licensee to transmit or to receive the radio transmissions it desires to transmit and to receive.

5. Licensor’s Approval . Prior to installing the Antenna, Licensee shall submit to Licensor plans and specifications for the installation of the Antenna that are reasonably satisfactory to Licensor (the “ Plans ”). The Plans shall be consistent with the Specifications and shall show the location of the Antenna on the Roof, the location and type of all cabling, the way the Antenna will be placed on the Roof and any other information requested by Licensor, in Licensor’s reasonable discretion. Licensor shall have the right to require that the Antenna not be visible from any location on the ground and/or that the Antenna be screened in a manner satisfactory to Licensor, in Licensor’s sole discretion. Licensor shall have the right to employ an engineer or other consultant to review the Plans and the reasonable cost of such engineer or consultant shall be paid by Licensee to Licensor within ten (10) days after demand. Licensor may approve or reject all or part of the Plans for any reason, in Licensor’ sole discretion. After Licensor has approved the Plans and prior to installing the Antenna and any cabling, Licensee shall obtain and provide to Licensor: (a) all required governmental and quasi-governmental permits, licenses, special zoning variances and authorizations, all of which Licensee shall obtain at its own cost and expense; and (b) a policy or certificate of insurance evidencing such insurance coverage as may be required by Licensor as hereinafter provided. Any alteration or modification of the Antenna or any associated cabling after the Plans have been approved shall require Licensor’s prior written approval, which may be given or withheld in Licensor’s sole discretion. Licensor makes no representation or warranty to Licensee that it will approve the Plans or that Licensee will be permitted to install the Antenna on the Roof.

6. Installation .

(a) Installation and maintenance of the Antenna shall be performed solely by contractors approved by Licensor, in its reasonable discretion. Licensee shall not have the right to penetrate the Roof for any purpose including, but not limited to, the installation of the Antenna. The Antenna shall be installed in a manner that will not damage the Roof. Licensor

 

43


may require anyone going on the Roof to execute in advance a liability waiver satisfactory to Licensor, in Licensor’s sole discretion.

(b) Licensee shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the installation, operation and maintenance of the Antenna. In addition, Licensee shall reimburse Licensor for all of its reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in reviewing Licensee’s Plans and monitoring the installation, maintenance and removal of the Antenna. Licensee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Licensee which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Building, or any interest therein.

7. Roof Repairs . Licensee acknowledges that Licensor may decide, in its sole discretion, from time to time, to repair or replace the Roof (hereinafter “ Roof Repairs ”). If Licensor elects to make Roof Repairs, Licensee shall, upon Licensor’s request, temporarily remove the Antenna so that the Roof Repairs may be completed. The cost of removing and reinstalling the Antenna shall be paid by Licensee, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense. Licensor shall not be liable to Licensee for any damages, lost profits or other costs or expenses incurred by Licensee as the result of the Roof Repairs.

8. Removal of the Antenna . On the termination of this Agreement, Licensee shall remove the Antenna and all associated cabling and repair any damages caused thereby, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense. If Licensee does not remove the Antenna on or before the date this Agreement terminates, Licensee hereby authorizes Licensor to remove and dispose of the Antenna and associated cabling, and Licensee shall immediately reimburse Licensor for the costs and expenses it incurs in removing the Antenna and associated cabling and repairing any damages caused thereby. Licensee agrees that Licensor may dispose of the Antenna and any associated cabling, in any manner selected by Licensor.

9. Insurance . The liability and property damage insurance that Licensee is required to obtain by the Lease shall also specifically apply to the Antenna. If Tenant’s insurance policies do not already include full coverage for radio and television antennas, prior to Tenant’s installation of the Antenna, Tenant shall obtain an endorsement to its policies providing full coverage for liability relating to the Antenna.

10. Indemnity and Licensor Liability . Section 19 and 20 of the Lease shall apply to the Antenna as if it is a part of the Premises.

11. Liability Under Lease . Licensee’s liability under the Lease is not contingent or conditioned upon its ability to use the Antenna and Licensee shall continue to be obligated to perform all of its obligations under the Lease if Licensor fails to perform its obligations under this Agreement or for some other reason Licensee is unable to use the Antenna.

12. Transfer of License . This Agreement and the license granted hereunder may not be transferred or assigned by Licensee except in connection with an assignment of the Lease and any other transfer or assignment shall be void.

13. Default by Licensee . If Licensee fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement within twenty (20) days after receiving written notice of such failure from Licensor, Licensor shall have the right, in addition to all other rights and remedies it may have under applicable law, to immediately terminate this Agreement. Any default by Licensee under this Agreement shall also constitute a default by Licensee under the Lease.

14. Default by Licensor . Licensor shall not be in default under this Agreement unless Licensor fails to perform obligations required of Licensor within thirty (30) days after written notice by Licensee to Licensor, specifying wherein Licensor has failed to perform such obligation; provided, however, that if the nature of Licensor’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its cure, then Licensor shall not be in default if Licensor commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Licensee hereby waives its right to recover consequential damages (including, but not limited to, lost profits) or punitive damages arising out of a Licensor default.

15. Estoppel Certificate . Licensee shall from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice from Licensor execute, acknowledge and deliver to Licensor a statement in writing certifying such information as Licensor may reasonably request. The failure of Licensee to deliver such a statement within such time shall constitute a material default of Licensee hereunder and shall result in the immediate termination of this Agreement.

16. General Terms . Time shall be of the essence with respect to Licensee’s obligations hereunder. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between Licensor and Licensee with respect to the Antenna. Subject to the limitations contained in Section 12 above, the obligations of this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. All notices Licensor or Licensee desires to give based on this Agreement shall be given at the addresses and in accordance with the requirements of the Lease. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Building is located. This Agreement shall not be recorded. The invalidity of any provision of this Agreement as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof. This Agreement may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification. No waiver by Licensor or Licensee of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by Licensor or Licensee of the same or any other provision. Licensor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Licensor’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Licensee. If Licensor or Licensee brings an action to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party in

 

44


any such action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to its reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court in the same or separate suit, and whether or not such action is pursued to decision or judgment. If Licensee is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or general or limited partnership, Licensee, and each individual executing this Agreement on behalf of such entity, represents and warrants that such individual is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of said entity, that said entity is duly authorized to enter into this Agreement, and that this Agreement is enforceable against said entity in accordance with its terms. If Licensee is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other partnership, Licensee shall deliver to Licensor upon demand evidence of such authority satisfactory to Licensor. This Agreement shall be interpreted as if it was prepared by both parties and ambiguities shall not be resolved in favor of Licensee because all or a portion of this Agreement was prepared by Licensor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Licensor and Licensee have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

LICENSOR :

 

The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:  

Realty Associates Fund VIII LLC

a Massachusetts limited liability company, General Partner

  By:  

Realty Associates Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Manager

    By:  

Realty Associates Advisors Trust, a Massachusetts business trust, Manager

      By:    /s/ SCOTT W. AMLING
        Officer

LICENSEE* :

LRAD Corporation,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:    /s/ THOMAS R. BROWN
  Thomas R. Brown
  (print name)
Its:    President and Chief Executive Officer
  (print title)

 

By:    /s/ KATHERINE H. McDERMOTT
  Katherine H. McDermott
  (print name)
Its:    Chief Financial Officer
  (print title)

 

* If Licensee is a corporation, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. This Agreement must be executed by the president or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Agreement.

 

45


Exhibit 2 to Addendum to Lease

(Location of Reserved Parking Spaces)

 

46

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT

REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

LRAD Corporation

San Diego, California

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-144698, and File No. 333-125454) and Forms S-3 (File No. 333-99675, File No. 333-105740, File No. 333-107635, File No. 333-127534, File No. 333-137289 and File No. 333-172552) of LRAD Corporation of our report dated December 5, 2011, relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of LRAD Corporation for the year ended September 30, 2011.

 

/s/ S QUAR , M ILNER , P ETERSON , M IRANDA  & W ILLIAMSON ,  LLP

San Diego, CA

December 5, 2011

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Thomas R. Brown, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of LRAD Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s independent registered public accounting firm and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: December 5, 2011

 

/ S /    T HOMAS R. B ROWN        

Thomas R. Brown,

Chairman of the Board,

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Katherine H. McDermott, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of LRAD Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s independent registered public accounting firm and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: December 5, 2011

 

/ S /    K ATHERINE H. M C D ERMOTT        

Katherine H. McDermott

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CO-PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND PRINCIPAL

FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Each of the undersigned hereby certifies, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in his or her capacity as an officer of LRAD Corporation (the “Company”), that, to his or her knowledge, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (except as to the due date for filing) and that the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company as of the dates and for the periods presented in the financial statements included in such report.

Dated: December 5, 2011

 

/ S /    T HOMAS R. B ROWN        

Thomas R. Brown,

President,

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/ S /    K ATHERINE H. M C D ERMOTT        

Katherine H. McDermott

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

This certification accompanies the Form 10-K to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of LRAD Corporation under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

Exhibit 99.1

LRAD CORPORATION REPORTS RECORD FISCAL YEAR

REVENUES AND PROFITS FOR FY 2011

SAN DIEGO, CA, December 5, 2011 – LRAD Corporation (NASDAQ: LRAD) , the world’s leading provider of acoustic hailing devices (AHDs), today reported record revenues of $26.5 million and record net income of $0.15 per diluted share for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011.

In addition to record fiscal year revenues and profits, accomplishments in fiscal 2011 included:

 

   

Achieved record Company revenues for the fourth straight fiscal year and second consecutive year of profitability; the first two years of profitability in the Company’s history.

 

   

Recorded fifth consecutive fiscal year of double digit LRAD ® systems and services sales growth.

 

   

Grew international business by 254% year over year, which included the delivery of the largest single order in the Company’s history to date: $12.1 million in LRAD systems to a military service of a foreign government.

 

   

Completed the development of the LRAD 2000X™, the Company’s most powerful AHD to date, to meet the requirements of larger security applications. The LRAD 2000X was released for sale this quarter (fiscal Q1 2012).

 

   

Developed and launched a wireless version of the LRAD 100X™, receiving strong initial market acceptance. Wireless capability is being implemented throughout the LRAD product family.

 

   

Increased cash balance by $8.4 million through positive cash flow from operating activities and exercise of warrants.

“Our record fiscal 2011 financial results demonstrate the versatility of our proprietary Long Range Acoustic Device ® systems and their growing international acceptance,” said Tom Brown, president and CEO of LRAD Corporation. “By expanding LRAD sales to the international military, domestic law enforcement, and wildlife preservation/critical asset protection markets, we were able to achieve record fiscal year revenues and profits in spite of a 40% reduction in year over year U.S. Military business due to ongoing Federal budget uncertainty.”

Revenues for fiscal year 2011 increased 59% to $26.5 million, compared to $16.7 million for fiscal year 2010. The increase in fiscal year 2011 revenues was derived primarily from the shipment of a $12.1 million order to a foreign government.

Gross profit for fiscal 2011 was $15.9 million or 60% of total revenues, compared to $9.2 million, or 55% of total revenues for fiscal 2010. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to increased revenues, increased fixed cost absorption and lower product cost due to higher volume purchases.

Operating expenses for fiscal 2011 increased 63% to $10.9 million, compared to $6.7 million in fiscal 2010. The increase was primarily attributed to increases of $2.8 million for sales commissions, primarily related to the large foreign government sale, $1.1 million for bonus expense based on meeting annual performance targets, and $385,000 for salary and consulting expense, primarily related to increased business development staffing.

Net income for fiscal 2011 was $5.0 million, or $0.15 per diluted share, compared to net income of $3.0 million, or $0.10 per diluted share, for fiscal 2010. The increases in net income and per share income were due primarily to increased international sales of the Company’s LRAD-X ® systems.

“In fiscal 2012, we will continue to enhance our LRAD systems in response to customer feedback and market expansion opportunities, and work to further diversify our customer base. While we are facing protracted government budget delays and spending uncertainty, we remain focused on securing significant domestic and international business,” Brown concluded. “We look forward to discussing our fiscal year 2011 financial results and some of our fiscal 2012 business prospects on tomorrow’s conference call.”


About LRAD Corporation

LRAD Corporation has thousands of Long Range Acoustic Device ® (LRAD ® ) communication systems in service around the world in diverse applications including fixed and mobile military deployments, maritime security, critical infrastructure and perimeter security, commercial security, border and port security, law enforcement and emergency responder communications, asset protection and wildlife preservation and control. For more information about the Company and its LRAD systems, please visit www.lradx.com .

Forward-looking Statements: Except for historical information contained herein, the matters discussed are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You should not place undue reliance on these statements. We base these statements on particular assumptions that we have made in light of our industry experience, the stage of product and market development as well as our perception of historical trends, current market conditions, current economic data, expected future developments and other factors that we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. These statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested in the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties are identified and discussed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These forward-looking statements are based on information and management’s expectations as of the date hereof. Future results may differ materially from our current expectations. For more information regarding other potential risks and uncertainties, see the “Risk Factors” section of the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. LRAD Corporation disclaims any intent or obligation to update those forward-looking statements, except as otherwise specifically stated.

COMPANY CONTACT:

Robert Putnam

+1 858.676.0519

robert@lradx.com


LRAD Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(000’s omitted)

 

     September 30,  
     2011      2010  

ASSETS

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,871       $ 5,421   

Restricted cash

     606         —     

Accounts receivable, net

     5,098         4,188   

Inventories, net

     2736         2,784   

Prepaid expenses and other

     664         205   

Assets of discontinued operations

     6         113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     22,981         12,711   

Equipment , net

     75         124   

Intangible assets, net

     226         278   

Prepaid expenses—noncurrent

     1,219         58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 24,501       $ 13,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 1,040       $ 965   

Accrued liabilities

     2,900         1,533   

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     9         53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,949         2,551   

Other liabilities—noncurrent

     277         282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,226         2,833   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     20,275         10,338   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 24,501       $ 13,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


LRAD Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(000’s omitted except share and per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended September 30,  
     2011      2010  

Revenues

   $ 26,507       $ 16,694   

Cost of revenues

     10,577         7,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,930         9,174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

     

Selling, general and administrative

     8,464         4,660   

Research and development

     2,484         2,062   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     10,948         6,722   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from operations

     4,982         2,452   

Other income

     47         748   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     5,029         3,200   

Income tax expense

     75         167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     4,954         3,033   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     69         (49
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 5,023       $ 2,984   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per common share—continuing operations:

     

Basic

   $ 0.16       $ 0.10   

Diluted

   $ 0.15       $ 0.10   

Net income per common share—discontinued operations:

     

Basic

   $ 0.00       $ (0.00

Diluted

   $ 0.00       $ (0.00

Net income per common share:

     

Basic

   $ 0.16       $ 0.10   

Diluted

   $ 0.15       $ 0.10   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

     

Basic

     31,755,157         30,589,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     32,722,632         31,111,330